As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 19, 2025.

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

MapLight Therapeutics, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

2834

83-2163243

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

800 Chesapeake Drive

Redwood City, California 94063

(617) 984-6300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D.

MapLight Therapeutics, Inc.

800 Chesapeake Drive

Redwood City, California 94063

(617) 984-6300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Christian E. Plaza

Mark Ballantyne

Madison A. Jones

Katherine Denby

Cooley LLP

11951 Freedom Drive
Reston, Virginia 20190
(703) 456-8000

Kristopher L. Hanson

MapLight Therapeutics, Inc.

800 Chesapeake Drive

Redwood City, California 94063

(617) 984-6300

Nathan Ajiashvili

Matthew T. Bush

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

(212) 906-1200

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 19, 2025

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

We are offering shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for shares of our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $ and $ per share. We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “MPLT.” We believe that upon the completion of this offering, we will meet the standards for listing on Nasdaq, and the closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing.

We have two series of common stock: the voting common stock offered hereby and non-voting common stock. For a description of the rights of the voting common stock and non-voting common stock, please see “Description of Capital Stock” beginning on page 176 of this prospectus. We are offering voting common stock in this offering, and unless otherwise noted, all references in this prospectus to our “common stock” refer to our voting common stock. The non-voting common stock will not be listed for trading on any securities exchange.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under federal securities laws, and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See the section titled “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.” Investing in our common stock involves risks. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


	*Per Share*		*Total*
Initial Public Offering Price		$		$
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions ⁽¹⁾		$		$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us		$		$

(1)

We refer you to “Underwriters” for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to % of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain of our directors, officers, employees and others. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2025.


MORGAN STANLEY		JEFFERIES		LEERINK PARTNERS		STIFEL

Prospectus dated , 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	Page
Prospectus Summary		1
Risk Factors		13
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		72
Market and Industry Data		74
Use of Proceeds		75
Dividend Policy		77
Capitalization		78
Dilution		81
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		84
Business		101
Management		143


	Page
Executive Compensation		154
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions		170
Principal Stockholders		175
Description of Capital Stock		178
Shares Eligible for Future Sale		186
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders		189
Underwriters		193
Legal Matters		202
Experts		202
Where You Can Find More Information		202
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-1

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights, and is qualified in its entirety by, information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “the company,” “MapLight” and “MapLight Therapeutics” refer to MapLight Therapeutics, Inc. and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiary.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on improving the lives of patients suffering from debilitating central nervous system, or CNS, disorders. We were founded by globally recognized leaders in psychiatry and neuroscience research to address the lack of circuit-specific pharmacotherapies available for patients. Our discovery platform holds the potential to fill this void by identifying neural circuits causally linked to disease and targeting those circuits for therapeutic modulation. We believe our deep understanding of these causal links between the modulation of defined neural circuits and the resulting changes in disease-specific behaviors will enable us to develop therapeutics that can deliver efficacy, safety, tolerability and ease-of-use advantages to patients and prescribers.

Our lead product candidate, ML-007C-MA, is a fixed-dose combination of an M₁/M₄ muscarinic agonist, ML-007, co-formulated with a peripherally acting anticholinergic, or PAC, which we are initially developing for the treatment of schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s disease psychosis, or ADP. ML-007C-MA is designed to activate both M₁ and M₄ muscarinic receptors in the CNS to drive efficacy, while synchronizing the pharmacokinetics of the agonist and antagonist components to mitigate peripheral cholinergic side effects. ML-007 alone, co-administered, or co-formulated with PAC has been evaluated in four Phase 1 trials, with a total of 270 healthy participants enrolled and more than 1,500 doses of ML-007 administered. Based on our clinical and preclinical data, we believe that ML-007C-MA has demonstrated the potential to be a well-tolerated treatment option with convenient dosing, while achieving or exceeding CSF exposures expected to result in improvement across key symptom domains. We are currently conducting ZEPHYR, a Phase 2 trial evaluating ML-007C-MA for the treatment of schizophrenia, and expect topline results in the second half of 2026. We are also conducting VISTA, a Phase 2 trial evaluating ML-007C-MA for the treatment of ADP, and expect topline results in the second half of 2027.

There remains a significant unmet need in both schizophrenia and ADP for medicines that can effectively treat the breadth of symptoms while reducing the significant safety and tolerability risks for patients. Schizophrenia is one of the most common psychotic disorders and affects over 20 million people globally, including more than 3 million people in the United States. Schizophrenia remains one of the leading causes of disability and is associated with an increased risk for premature mortality. Atypical antipsychotics represent the current standard of care and primarily exert their therapeutic effects by binding to and inhibiting the activity of dopamine D₂ receptors in the brain. These dopaminergic antipsychotics are associated with risk of highly morbid side effects of extra pyramidal symptoms, or EPS, metabolic abnormalities, hyperprolactinemia, QTc prolongation and sedation. Furthermore, these medications are approved by the Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, only for the treatment of the positive symptoms of schizophrenia and do not address the negative symptoms nor cognitive impairment. Meta-analyses of real-world usage of dopaminergic antipsychotics have shown poor treatment adherence and high discontinuation rates due to lack of efficacy and/or undesirable side effects.

ADP represents another significant unmet need, as approximately 40% of the approximately 7 million people in the United States living with Alzheimer’s disease also experience symptoms of psychosis. These symptoms are associated with a worsened prognosis and are predictive of earlier progression to nursing home care, severe dementia and death. There are currently no therapies approved for the treatment of ADP, although there is widespread use of off-label dopaminergic antipsychotics. However, based on a meta-analysis, the efficacy of these medications for ADP was shown to be modest at best. Furthermore, dopaminergic antipsychotics are associated with significant side effects, including EPS, metabolic syndrome, cerebrovascular accidents, falls and increased mortality risk in elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis.

We believe targeting muscarinic receptors represents a compelling therapeutic alternative to dopaminergic antipsychotics for the treatment of schizophrenia and ADP. Muscarinic receptors are localized to brain circuits known to be critical for psychosis and cognition, and alterations in muscarinic receptor binding have been observed in post-mortem brain tissue from schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s disease patients. The recent FDA approval of COBENFY, an M₁/M₄ muscarinic agonist, represents the first product with a novel mechanism approved for the treatment of schizophrenia in decades. Muscarinic receptor targeted approaches have shown improvements in both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia, as demonstrated in multiple randomized controlled clinical trials conducted by third parties. Additionally, in these trials and other open-label extension trials, muscarinic agonists were shown not to cause the serious side effects of EPS and metabolic disturbance associated with dopaminergic antipsychotics.

However, some of these same clinical trials have also demonstrated a high rate of both pro- and anticholinergic side effects, which we believe are caused by a mismatch of agonist and antagonist exposures in the periphery. To mitigate these cholinergic side effects, certain muscarinic agonists have required inconvenient dosing regimens (frequency, titration and fasting requirements) that are likely to result in patient compliance and adherence challenges. Furthermore, although exploratory analyses in these trials suggested a positive effect on cognition symptoms in patients with baseline cognitive impairment, these analyses were not adequately powered to assess statistical significance. These findings suggest that despite the approval of a first agent within the new muscarinic class, there remains a significant opportunity for improvement across efficacy, safety and tolerability, and ease of use.

Based on the results of our recent Phase 1 Study 013, we believe ML-007C-MA has demonstrated the potential to be a well-tolerated treatment option with convenient dosing, while achieving or exceeding CSF exposures expected to result in improvement across key symptom domains. Study 013 evaluated the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics, or PK, of ML-007C-MA in healthy adult and elderly participants that were dosed for up to 14 days. ML-007C-MA was generally well tolerated at the doses being evaluated in our ongoing Phase 2 trials. Most treatment-emergent adverse events, or TEAEs, were mild, self-limited and transient in nature. The mean plasma concentration ratio of ML-007 and PAC remained within the target range established to minimize adverse events over the majority of the dosing interval. ML-007C-MA also achieved and maintained cerebrospinal fluid, or CSF, exposures above the anticipated clinically relevant levels with both once- and twice-daily dosing regimens. Based on the PK parameters observed in fasted and fed states, ML-007C-MA will not require administration in a fasted state. Together, the safety and PK observations supported advancing ML-007C-MA to Phase 2 trials in both adult and elderly participants.

zolmitriptan. We are currently conducting IRIS, a Phase 2 trial, to evaluate the efficacy of ML-004 for the improvement of social communication deficits in patients with ASD. Change from baseline in irritability symptoms is a secondary endpoint. We expect to report topline results from this trial in the second half of 2026. Based on the results from the IRIS trial, we intend to explore potential strategies for further development of ML-004.

In addition, we are advancing two preclinical programs, ML-021 and ML-009. ML-021 is an M₄ antagonist that we are developing for the treatment of motor deficits in Parkinson’s disease. We have conducted multiple preclinical in vitro and in vivo studies using ML-021 and expect to complete investigational new drug application, or IND, -enabling studies for ML-021 in the second half of 2026. ML-009 is a G-protein-coupled receptor 52 positive allosteric modulator, or GPR52 PAM, that we are developing for the treatment of hyperactivity, impulsivity and agitation-related disorders. We have conducted multiple preclinical in vitro and in vivo studies using multiple product candidates and expect to nominate a preclinical candidate to advance to IND-enabling studies in 2026.

Our current and future pipeline is supported by our platform, which is built on our deep understanding of neural circuits that perform specific functions in the brain. We leverage our platform technologies to define how the activity of specific neural circuits is causally linked to disease symptoms and then identify druggable targets within those circuits that correct aberrant circuit activity. Utilizing this approach, we are advancing a robust pipeline of product candidates for the treatment of highly prevalent CNS conditions that collectively afflict millions of people and impose substantial disease burden and costs on patients, families, caregivers and society.

Our Pipeline of Product Candidates

Our pipeline of product candidates is diversified by mechanism and circuit to address a breadth of debilitating CNS disorders, and we currently retain global development and commercial rights to all programs.

LOGO

Our Strategy

Our mission is to discover and develop novel therapeutics to improve the lives of patients living with debilitating CNS disorders. Our strategy to achieve this mission includes the following key elements:

•

Advance ML-007C-MA, our lead product candidate, efficiently through registrational trials for the treatment of schizophrenia.

•

Address the unmet need in Alzheimer’s disease psychosis by advancing ML-007C-MA efficiently through registrational trials.

•

Expand the potential of ML-007C-MA by exploring and pursuing additional indications.

•

Establish proof of concept for ML-004’s efficacy for the treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

•

Expand our pipeline by leveraging the versatility and reproducibility of our platform to bring additional product candidates into the clinic.

•

Maximize the value of our pipeline and platform by opportunistically engaging in strategic collaborations.

Our Corporate History, Team and Investors

We have assembled a seasoned management team with expertise in neuroscience research, development, regulatory affairs, operations, manufacturing and commercialization. Our management team includes industry veterans with significant experience gained through prior roles within biotech and large pharmaceutical companies. Our management and clinical development team has significant experience in drug development and commercialization, having been involved in the clinical development of more than 75 programs, in addition to approval, commercialization or label expansion of more than 25 products, including several neuropsychiatric therapies. We are further supported by our scientific founders, Karl Deisseroth, M.D., Ph.D., and Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D., who are world-renowned neuroscientists and research leaders and led the discovery of groundbreaking technologies such as optogenetics and STARmap.

Since our inception, we have raised proceeds of approximately $511.0 million from leading venture capital funds, healthcare investors and foundation grants. Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and have received their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the price offered to the public in this offering. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks that you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are described more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors” and include:

•

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history and no history of commercializing products, which may make it difficult to evaluate our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates and the prospects for our future viability.

•

We have incurred substantial losses since our inception. We anticipate incurring substantial and increasing losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

•

We will require substantial additional financing in addition to the proceeds of this offering to achieve our goals, and failure to obtain additional capital when needed or on acceptable terms, could cause us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts.

•

Our recurring losses from operations and financial condition raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

•

If we are unable to successfully identify, develop and commercialize any product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

•

Preclinical and clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

•

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time-consuming, expensive and inherently unpredictable and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

•

We are subject to various U.S. federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations, which could increase compliance costs, and our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our reputation, subject us to significant fines and liability or otherwise adversely affect our business.

•

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties, including independent clinical investigators, contracted laboratories and contract research organizations, or CROs, to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, our development programs and our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates may be delayed and our business could be substantially harmed.

•

Competitive products may reduce or eliminate the commercial opportunity for our product candidates for our current or future indications. If our competitors develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do, or their technologies are more effective or safer than ours, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

•

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

•

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or any other product candidates that we may identify, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection we currently have or obtain in the future is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize product candidates similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize ML-007C-MA, ML-004 and any other product candidates that we may pursue may be impaired.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

•

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

•

an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

•

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements;

•

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

•

an exemption from compliance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on financial statements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or such earlier time that we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We will cease to qualify as an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of: (1) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.235 billion in total annual gross revenues, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over the prior three-year period. We will be deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” at such time that we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than you might obtain from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, we will not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult. As a result of these elections, the information that we provide in this prospectus may be different than the information you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. In addition, it is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of these elections, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and higher volatility in our share price.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company for so long as either (i) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and, similar to emerging growth companies, if we are a smaller reporting company with less than $100 million in annual revenue, we would not be required to obtain an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering, Ownership of our Common Stock and our Status as a Public Company—We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.”

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in November 2018 as Alvarado Therapeutics, Inc. In August 2019, we changed our name to MapLight Therapeutics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are

located at 800 Chesapeake Drive, Redwood City, California 94063 and our telephone number is (617) 984-6300. Our website address is www.maplightrx.com. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

MapLight Therapeutics is our trademark and is used in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ^® and ^™ symbol, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.

THE OFFERING


Common stock offered by us		shares.

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares		We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to additional shares.

Common stock and non-voting common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering		shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), of which shares are non-voting common stock.

Use of proceeds		We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock), assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, to advance the clinical development of our current programs, to fund research and development activities for additional programs, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 74 for additional information.

Voting rights		We have two series of common stock: the voting common stock offered hereby and non-voting common stock. For a description of the rights of the voting common stock and non-voting common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Directed share program		At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to % of the shares of common stock offered hereby, at the initial public offering price, to offer to certain of our directors, officers, employees and others. The sales will be made at our direction by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and its affiliates through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this


		prospectus. Except for any shares acquired by our directors and officers, shares purchased pursuant to the directed share program will not be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information.

Risk factors		You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully, together with all the other information included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol		“MPLT”

The number of shares of our common stock and non-voting common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 440,199,453 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2025, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as defined below) we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, into an aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of common stock (of which shares are non-voting common stock) upon the closing of this offering and excludes:

•

15,997,048 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2025, under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2019 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.33 per share;

•

57,646,140 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of June 30, 2025, under the 2019 Plan;

•

46,120,144 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of outstanding RSUs under the 2019 Plan subsequent to June 30, 2025;

•

6,472,140 shares of our common stock available for future issuance as of June 30, 2025, under the 2019 Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time our 2025 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2025 Plan, becomes effective and will be added to and become available for issuance under, the 2025 Plan;

•

an additional shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2025 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Plan and any additional shares of our common stock that may become available under the 2025 Plan, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans—2025 Equity Incentive Plan;”

•

shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans—2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan;” and

•

up to 596,008 additional shares of our common stock potentially issuable pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement with NeuroSolis, Inc., or NeuroSolis, dated as of June 18, 2020, or the NeuroSolis Agreement, upon our achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, as more fully described in the section titled “Business—NeuroSolis Asset Purchase Agreement.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus, including the number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

•

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, or Series D Preferred Stock, we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, into 426,938,535 shares of our common stock and non-voting common stock (of which shares are non-voting common stock), which will occur upon the closing of this offering;

•

a -for- reverse stock split of our common stock effected on ;

•

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering;

•

no exercise of the outstanding options referred to above after June 30, 2025;

•

no settlement of the outstanding RSUs described above;

•

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock; and

•

no purchase of shares of our common stock by our directors, officers, employees and others through the directed share program described in the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following summary financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2025 from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any full year.


	Year Ended December 31,						Six Month Ended June 30,
	2024			2023			2025			2024
	(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	68,523		$	49,675		$	46,633		$	30,989
General and administrative		14,423			7,607			7,573			8,287

Total operating expenses		82,946			57,282			54,206			39,276

Loss from operations		(82,946	)		(57,282	)		(54,206	)		(39,276	)

Other income (expense), net:
Change in fair value of preferred stock purchase right		—			(514	)		—			—
Interest income		4,504			1,099			1,499			2,524
(Loss) gain from equity method investment		(986	)		986			—			(986	)
Other income, net		1,848			2			522			403

Total other income, net		5,366			1,573			2,021			1,941

Net loss	$	(77,580	)	$	(55,709	)	$	(52,185	)	$	(37,335	)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted⁽¹⁾	$	(6.27	)	$	(5.03	)	$	(4.07	)	$	(3.12	)

Weighted-average common stock outstanding – basic and diluted⁽¹⁾		12,368,256			11,082,459			12,807,892			11,983,016

Pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted⁽²⁾	$	(0.18	)				$	(0.12	)

Pro forma weighted-average common stock outstanding – basic and diluted⁽²⁾		439,306,791						439,746,427

(1)	See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

(2)

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been prepared to give effect to adjustments to our capital structure arising in connection with the completion of this offering and is calculated by dividing pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders by the pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period. The unaudited pro forma net loss used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is equal to net loss attributable to common stockholders. The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the six months ended June 30, 2025 have been prepared to reflect the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, into an aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of our common stock, as if the conversions had occurred at the beginning of the period, regardless of their issuance dates.


	As of June 30, 2025
	Actual			Pro Forma⁽¹⁾		Pro Forma As Adjusted⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	33,467		$	233,467	$
Short-term investments		27,005			27,005
Working capital⁽³⁾		58,217			257,667
Total assets		84,117			283,550
Total liabilities		20,356			20,906
Redeemable convertible preferred stock		308,823			—
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity		(245,062	)		262,644

(1)

Gives effect to (i) our issuance and sale of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock in July 2025 and September 2025 at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $200.0 million, less issuance costs; and (ii) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued and sold as described in (i) into an aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of our common stock (of which shares are non-voting common stock) upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

Gives further effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting fees and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $ million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)	We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Condition and Need for Additional Capital

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. We were formed in 2018 and our operations to date have been limited to organizing, staffing and financing our company, and conducting research and development activities, including developing our platform, conducting clinical trials for our product candidates and establishing our intellectual product portfolio. If we are successful in achieving regulatory approval for our product candidates, we will eventually need to transition from a company with a development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any product candidates that succeed in clinical development or products of commercial value. Moreover, as an organization, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a commercial-scale product or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization or generate revenue. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives. Accordingly, you should consider our prospects in light of the costs, uncertainties, delays and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in clinical development, especially clinical-stage biopharmaceutical companies such as ours. Any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products.

We have incurred substantial losses since our inception. We anticipate incurring substantial and increasing losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because development efforts entail substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate efficacy or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales to date. As a result, we are not profitable, have incurred substantial losses in each period since our inception and expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.

For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the six months ended June 30, 2025, our net losses were $77.6 million, $55.7 million and $52.2 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2025, we had an accumulated deficit of $251.6 million. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with the development of our pipeline and platform, research and development, clinical trials and from general and

administrative costs associated with our operations. We expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our development of our product candidates. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if, and as, we:

•

conduct clinical trials of ML-007C-MA and ML-004 and advance our preclinical programs into the clinic;

•

seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates that complete clinical trials or any future product candidates;

•

commercialize our current product candidates or any future product candidates, if approved;

•

oversee, maintain and expand our external manufacturing relationships;

•

attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

•

protect, maintain, enforce and defend our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;

•

identify additional product candidates and acquire rights from third parties to those product candidates through licenses or other acquisitions, and conduct development activities, including preclinical studies and clinical trials; and

•

incur additional costs, including legal, accounting and other expenses, associated with operating as a public company following the completion of this offering.

We have no product candidates approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from the sale of products. Our ability to become and remain profitable depends on our ability to generate revenue. We do not expect to generate significant revenue, if any, unless and until we are able to obtain regulatory approval for, and successfully commercialize, one of our product candidates for either our initial or potential additional indications or any other product candidates we may develop.

Successful commercialization will require achievement of many key milestones, including demonstrating safety and efficacy in clinical trials, obtaining regulatory, including marketing, approval for these product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we or any of our future collaborators may obtain regulatory approval, satisfying any post-marketing requirements and obtaining reimbursement for our products from private insurance or government payors. Due to the uncertainties and risks associated with these activities, we are unable to accurately and precisely predict the timing and amount of revenue we may generate, the extent of any further losses we may experience and if or when we might achieve profitability. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenue that is large enough for us to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Additionally, our expenses could increase if we are required by the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority to perform clinical trials in addition to those currently expected, or if there are any additional delays in completing our clinical trials or the development of any of our product candidates.

Even if we succeed in commercializing one or more product candidates, we expect to incur substantial development costs and other expenditures to develop and market additional product candidates. We may also encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue in the future. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have a material adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our failure to become and remain profitable may decrease the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product portfolio or continue our operations.

We will require substantial additional financing in addition to the proceeds of this offering to achieve our goals, and failure to obtain additional capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, could cause us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since our inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts of cash to conduct further research and development, preclinical studies and clinical trials of our current and future product candidates, to seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates and to launch and commercialize any products if we receive regulatory approval.

As of June 30, 2025, we had $60.5 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. In July 2025 and September 2025, we issued and sold an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to certain investors at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share, for gross proceeds of $200.0 million. Based on our current operational plans and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, will be sufficient to fund our operations through . Our future capital requirements and the period through which our existing resources will support our operations may vary significantly from what we expect. We will require additional capital in order to complete clinical development of any of our current programs, and our spending levels will vary based on new and ongoing development and corporate activities. Because the length of time and activities associated with development of our programs and product candidates is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development and any approved marketing and future commercialization activities, if any. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

•

the scope, timing, progress, costs and results of discovery, preclinical development and clinical trials for our current or future product candidates;

•

the number of clinical trials required for regulatory approval of our current or future product candidates;

•

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of any of our current or future product candidates;

•

the costs associated with acquiring or licensing additional product candidates, technologies or assets, including the timing and amount of any milestones, royalties or other payments due in connection with our acquisitions and licenses;

•

the cost of manufacturing clinical and commercial supplies of our current or future product candidates;

•

the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims, including any claims by third parties that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights;

•

the effectiveness of our platform in identifying and assessing additional indications of interest based on circuit specific pathways;

•

our ability to maintain existing, and establish new, strategic collaborations or other arrangements and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;

•

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, market access, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

•

the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

•

expenses to attract, hire and retain skilled personnel;

•

the costs of operating as a public company;

•

our ability to establish a commercially viable pricing structure and obtain approval for coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party and government payors;

•

our ability to mitigate the impact of adverse macroeconomic or geopolitical conditions, including the ongoing conflicts between Ukraine and Russia and in the Middle East, inflation, tariffs and fluctuations in interest rates or other factors, on our preclinical and clinical development or operations;

•

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

•

the extent to which we acquire or invest in business, products and technologies.

We will require substantial additional capital in addition to the proceeds of this offering to achieve our business objectives. Additional funds may not be available on a timely basis, on favorable terms or at all. Our ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by potential worsening global economic conditions, including fluctuations in interest rates, inflation and concerns of a recession in the United States or other major markets, potential tariffs and disruptions to and volatility in the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide. Weakness and volatility in the capital markets and the economy in general could also increase our costs of borrowing. Such funds, if raised, may not be sufficient to enable us to continue to implement our long-term business strategy. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. Furthermore, to the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that may adversely affect your rights as a holder of our common stock. See “—Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates,” below. Any future debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, selling or licensing our assets, making capital expenditures, declaring dividends or encumbering our assets to secure future indebtedness. Such restrictions could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our recurring losses from operations and financial condition raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

In our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024, we concluded, and in its report on such financial statements, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph stating, that our recurring losses from operations and need for additional financing to fund future operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern will require us to obtain additional funding. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be materially and adversely affected, and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we would be forced to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts of one or more of our product candidates or may be forced to reduce or terminate our operations. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our audited financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or part of their investment. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors and other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue, we may finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, government or private-party grants, debt financings and license and

collaboration agreements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted and the terms of such securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder.

If we raise additional funds through future collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or that may reduce the value of our common stock. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed or on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to significantly delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. Additionally, these circumstances could require that we undertake workforce reductions or restructuring activities in the future. Any of the above events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Risks Related to the Design, Development, Approval and Commercialization of our Product Candidates

If we are unable to successfully identify, develop and commercialize any product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

Our ability to generate revenue from sales of any of our approved product candidates, which we do not expect will occur for at least the next several years, depends heavily on the successful identification, development, regulatory approval and eventual commercialization of product candidates, which may never occur. We have never generated revenue from sales of any products, and we may never be able to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize, a marketable product. All of our product candidates will require significant clinical development, regulatory approval, establishment of sufficient manufacturing supply, including commercial manufacturing supply, and may require us to build a commercial organization and make substantial investment and significant marketing efforts before we generate any revenue from product sales. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, and we may never receive such regulatory approval for any of our product candidates.

The successful development of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

•

successful and timely completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials and gaining agreement on the design, endpoints and implementation with the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority;

•

sufficiency of our financial and other resources to complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials;

•

receiving regulatory approvals or authorizations for conducting future clinical trials;

•

initiation and successful patient enrollment in, and completion of, clinical trials on a timely basis;

•

our ability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority that the applicable product candidate is safe and effective as for its intended uses;

•

our ability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority that the applicable product candidate’s risk-benefit ratio for its proposed indication is acceptable;

•

timely receipt of marketing approvals for our product candidates from applicable regulatory authorities;

•

the extent of any required post-marketing approval commitments to applicable regulatory authorities;

•

establishing and scaling up, either alone or with third-party manufacturers, manufacturing capabilities of clinical supply for our clinical trials and commercial manufacturing, if any of our product candidates are approved;

•

effectively competing with other therapies available on the market or in development; and

•

successfully identifying and developing, acquiring or in-licensing additional product candidates to expand our pipeline.

Many of these factors are beyond our control, and it is possible that none of our product candidates, including ML-007C-MA and ML-004, will ever obtain regulatory approval even if we expend substantial time and resources seeking such approval. If we experience significant delays or are otherwise unable to successfully commercialize our product candidates, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally, clinical or regulatory setbacks to other companies developing similar products or within adjacent fields may impact the clinical development of and regulatory pathway for our current or future product candidates, or may negatively impact the perceptions of value or risk of our technologies.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time-consuming, expensive and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

We are not permitted to commercialize, market, promote or sell any product candidate in the United States without obtaining regulatory approval from the FDA. Foreign regulatory authorities, such as the European Medicines Agency, impose similar requirements. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable, but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. To date, we have not submitted a New Drug Application, or NDA, to the FDA or similar drug approval submissions to comparable foreign regulatory authorities for any of our product candidates. We must complete additional preclinical or nonclinical studies and clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans before we will be able to obtain these approvals.

Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is inherently uncertain as to outcome. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. The clinical development of ML-007C-MA and ML-004 is susceptible to the risk of failure inherent at any stage of development, including failure to demonstrate efficacy in a clinical trial or across a broad population of patients, the occurrence of AEs that are severe or medically or commercially unacceptable, failure to comply with protocols or applicable regulatory requirements and determination by the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority that a product candidate may not continue development or is not approvable. Additionally, because ML-007C-MA is a fixed-combination drug product, we will need to demonstrate that each component of the product candidate makes a contribution to the claimed effects and the dosage of each component (amount, frequency, duration) in combination is safe and effective for a significant patient population requiring such concurrent therapy as defined in the labeling for the drug, and if the PAC we have selected becomes in short supply or has other regulatory or quality problems, it would adversely impact the development of our fixed-combination drug product. It is possible that even if one of our product candidates has a beneficial effect, that effect will not be detected during clinical evaluation as a result of one or more of a variety of factors, including the size, duration, design, measurements, conduct or analysis of our clinical trials. Conversely, as a result of the same factors, our clinical trials may indicate an apparent positive effect of one of our product candidates that is greater than the actual positive effect, if any. Similarly, in our clinical trials we may fail to detect toxicity of or intolerability caused by one of our product candidates, or mistakenly believe that our product candidates are toxic or not well tolerated when that is not, in fact, the case. In addition, varying

interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate.

Our current and future product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

•

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

•

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

•

the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

•

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

•

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from clinical trials or preclinical studies;

•

the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA to the FDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States, the European Union or elsewhere;

•

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may find deficiencies with or fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

•

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

This lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market any product candidate we develop, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. There is no assurance that the endpoints and trial designs used for the approval of currently approved drugs will be acceptable for future approvals, including for those of our product candidates. The FDA and other comparable foreign authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and determining when or whether regulatory approval will be obtained for any product candidate that we develop. Even if we believe the data collected from our current or future clinical trials of our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA or any other regulatory authority.

In addition, even if we were to obtain approval, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, may not approve the price we intend to charge for our products, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials or may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates, and therefore materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may incur unexpected costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize any of our product candidates, we must demonstrate through extensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective in humans. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process and our future clinical trials may not be successful.

We may experience delays in completing our clinical trials or preclinical studies and initiating or completing additional clinical trials. We may also experience numerous unforeseen events during our clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize the product candidates we develop, including:

•

regulators, IRBs or other reviewing bodies may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial, or to conduct or continue a clinical trial, at a prospective or existing trial site;

•

we may not reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

•

the number of subjects or patients required for clinical trials may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be insufficient or slower than we anticipate, the number of clinical trials being conducted at any given time may be high and result in fewer available patients for any given clinical trial or patients may drop out of clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

•

our third-party contractors, including those manufacturing our product candidates or conducting clinical trials on our behalf, may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

•

we may have to amend a clinical trial protocol submitted to regulatory authorities or conduct additional studies to reflect changes in regulatory requirements or guidance, which we may be required to resubmit to an independent institutional review board, or IRB, and regulatory authorities for re-examination;

•

regulators, IRBs or other reviewing bodies may fail to approve or subsequently find fault with the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we enter into agreement for clinical and commercial supplies, the supply or quality of product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient, inadequate or not available at an acceptable cost or we may experience interruptions in supply; and

•

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory agencies to significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Delays, including delays caused by the above factors, can be costly and could negatively affect our ability to complete a clinical trial or obtain timely marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our planned preclinical studies or clinical trials will begin on a timely basis or at all, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. For example, in January 2022 our Phase 2 ML-004 clinical trial was placed on a partial clinical hold by the FDA with respect to the enrollment of adolescents pending submission of safety data from the adult cohorts to the FDA. This partial clinical hold was removed by the FDA in October 2024. In addition, our IND for ML-007C-MA was put on clinical hold by the FDA in May 2024 due to nonclinical findings associated with a single-agent animal study for ML-007. This hold was lifted in July 2024 after the FDA’s review of additional clinical and nonclinical data, and we initiated the Phase 2 trials in the United States for ADP and schizophrenia in May 2025 and June 2025, respectively. We cannot assure you that our existing and future INDs will not be subject to additional clinical holds, whether partial or full. If we are not able to complete successful clinical trials on the schedule we expect, we will not be able to obtain regulatory approval, and will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, on the timelines we expect. Our product candidate development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or regulatory approvals, and we may be required to obtain additional funds to complete clinical trials. We cannot assure you that our clinical trials will begin as planned or be completed on schedule, if at all, or that we will not need to restructure our trials after they have begun. Significant clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, which may harm our business and results of operations. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, delays of clinical trials may ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our ongoing or planned clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the study until its conclusion.

Patient enrollment is affected by many factors, including:

•

the patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

•

the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

•

the proximity of patients to trial sites;

•

the design of the trial;

•

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

•

competing clinical trials;

•

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications that we are investigating;

•

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and

•

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion.

Our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition may reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which may reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in such clinical trial site.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials could result in significant delays or might require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs, affect the timing or outcome of the planned clinical trials, product candidate development and approval process, prevent completion of these trials and jeopardize our ability to seek and obtain the regulatory approval required to commence product sales and generate revenue, which could adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates, cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing, if needed.

Obtaining authorization from regulatory authorities for clinical trials of ML-004 in children and adolescents may require longer duration of studies than we currently anticipate, which could delay our development programs or preclude us from pursuing approval in the populations for which we are seeking approval.

Pediatric drug development may require additional trials to determine safe dosing and long-term safety. These additional trials may require investment of significant additional resources beyond those required for regulatory approval of the drugs in adults. We cannot guarantee that we will receive regulatory approval to commercialize our product candidates in the pediatric populations or the adult population.

We conduct certain of our clinical trials for our product candidates outside of the United States. However, the FDA and other foreign equivalents may not accept data from such trials, in which case our development plans will be delayed, which could materially harm our business.

We conduct certain clinical trials for our product candidates outside of the United States. The acceptance of data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or another jurisdiction by the FDA or comparable

foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions or may not be accepted at all. In cases where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the sole basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (i) the data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; (ii) the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, regulations; and (iii) the data may be considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA, or if the FDA considers such inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. In addition, even where the foreign study data are not intended to serve as the sole basis for approval, the FDA will not accept the data as support for an application for marketing approval unless the study is well designed and well conducted in accordance with GCP regulations and the FDA is able to validate the data from the study through an onsite inspection, if deemed necessary. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar approval requirements. In addition, such foreign trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted. There can be no assurance that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which could be costly and time-consuming and which may result in current or future product candidates that we may develop not receiving approval for commercialization in the applicable jurisdiction.

Even if any of our product candidates receives regulatory approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, in which case we may not generate significant revenue or become profitable.

We have never commercialized a product, and even if any of our product candidates is approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities for marketing and sale, it may nonetheless fail to achieve sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. Many of the indications for our product candidates have well-established standards of care that physicians, patients and payors are familiar with and, in some cases, are available generically. Even if our product candidates are successful in registrational clinical trials, they may not be successful in displacing these current standards of care if we are unable to demonstrate superior efficacy, safety, ease of administration and/or cost-effectiveness. For example, physicians may be reluctant to take their patients off their current medications and switch their treatment regimen to our product candidates. Further, patients often acclimate to the treatment regimen that they are currently taking and do not want to switch unless their physicians recommend switching products or they are required to switch due to lack of coverage and adequate reimbursement. Even if we are able to demonstrate our product candidates’ safety and efficacy to the FDA and other regulators, safety or efficacy concerns in the medical community may hinder market acceptance.

Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources, including management time and financial resources, and may not be successful. If any product candidate is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of market acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

•

the efficacy and safety of the product;

•

the potential advantages of the product compared to competitive therapies;

•

the occurrence and severity of any side effects;

•

whether the product is designated under physician treatment guidelines as a first-, second- or third-line therapy;

•

our ability to offer the product for sale at competitive prices;

•

the product’s convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

•

the willingness of the target patient population to try, and of physicians to prescribe, the product;

•

limitations or warnings, including distribution or use restrictions contained in the product’s approved labeling;

•

the strength of our sales, marketing and distribution support, including having sufficient staffing and financial resources;

•

changes in the standard of care for the targeted indications for the product; and

•

availability and adequacy of coverage and reimbursement from government payors, managed care plans and other third-party payors.

Any failure by one or more of our product candidates that obtains regulatory approval to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Interim, “topline” and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose preliminary or topline data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the topline or preliminary results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline and preliminary data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the topline preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available.

From time to time, we may also disclose interim data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available or as patients from our clinical trials continue other treatments for their disease. Adverse differences between interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects. Further, disclosure of interim data by us or by our competitors could result in volatility in the price of our common stock after this offering.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure. If the interim, topline or preliminary data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our product candidates may be associated with serious adverse events, undesirable side effects or other properties that could halt their clinical development, prevent their regulatory approval, limit their commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences.

Adverse events or other undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approvals by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

During the conduct of clinical trials, patients report changes in their health, including illnesses, injuries and discomforts, to their study doctor. Often, it is not possible to determine whether or not the product candidate being studied caused these conditions. It is possible that as we test our product candidates in larger, longer and more extensive clinical trials, or as use of these product candidates becomes more widespread if they receive regulatory approval, illnesses, injuries, discomforts and other adverse events that were observed in previous trials, as well as conditions that did not occur or went undetected in previous trials, will be reported by patients. Many times, side effects are only detectable after investigational products are tested in large-scale clinical trials or, in some cases, after they are made available to patients on a commercial scale following approval. If any serious adverse events occur during clinical development, clinical trials could be suspended or terminated, and our business could be seriously harmed. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment and the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential liability claims. Regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of, or deny approval of, our product candidates. If we are required to delay, suspend or terminate any clinical trial or our development efforts, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be harmed, and our potential to generate product revenues from them may be delayed or eliminated. Additionally, if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval and we or others later identify undesirable side effects or adverse events caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

•

regulatory authorities may suspend, limit or withdraw approvals of such product or seek an injunction against its manufacture or distribution;

•

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label, including “boxed” warnings, or issue safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product;

•

we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials or post-approval studies;

•

we may be required to create a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, which could include a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

•

we may be subject to fines, injunctions or the imposition of criminal penalties;

•

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

•

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or any of our other product candidates, if approved, and could seriously harm our business.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates proceed through preclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards potential approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as the vendors used to manufacture drug product or manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these

intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the materials manufactured using altered processes. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification or FDA approval. This could delay or prevent completion of clinical trials, require conducting bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay or prevent approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.

If we fail to discover, develop and commercialize other product candidates, we may be unable to grow our business and our ability to achieve our strategic objectives would be impaired.

Although the development and commercialization of our current product candidates are our initial focus, as part of our longer-term growth strategy, we plan to develop other product candidates. In addition to the product candidates in our clinical-stage pipeline, we have additional assets that are in earlier stages of development. We intend to evaluate internal opportunities from our existing product candidates or other potential product candidates and also may choose to in-license or acquire other product candidates to treat patients suffering from other disorders with significant unmet medical needs and limited treatment options. These other potential product candidates will require additional, time-consuming development efforts prior to commercial sale, including preclinical studies, clinical trials and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to the risks of failure that are inherent in pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that the product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot assure you that any such products that are approved will be manufactured or produced economically, successfully commercialized or widely accepted in the marketplace or be more effective than other commercially available alternatives.

In addition, we intend to devote substantial capital and resources for basic research to discover and identify additional product candidates. These research programs require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Our platform may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including the following:

•

the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential product candidates;

•

competitors may develop alternatives that render our product candidates obsolete;

•

product candidates that we develop may nevertheless be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

•

a product candidate may, on further study, be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate it is unlikely to be effective or otherwise does not meet applicable regulatory criteria;

•

a product candidate may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all; and

•

a product candidate may not be accepted as safe and effective by patients, the medical community or third-party payors.

If we are unsuccessful in identifying and developing additional product candidates, either through internal development or licensing or acquisition from third parties, our potential for growth and achieving our strategic objectives may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and forego the opportunity to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may ultimately be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we intend to focus on developing product candidates for specific indications that we identify as most likely to succeed in terms of their potential for regulatory approval, unmet need and potential commercial success. As a result, we may forego, delay or explore alternative development strategies, including partnership, spin-off or divestment, of our other product candidates or forego other indications, all of which may prove to have greater commercial potential than the product candidates and indications we pursue.

Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable product candidates. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate, including through entering into collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to the product candidate.

We have concentrated our research and development efforts on the treatment of disorders of the central nervous system, a field that faces certain challenges in drug development.

We have focused our research and development efforts on addressing disorders of the CNS. Efforts by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies in this field have faced certain challenges in drug development historically. In particular, we are developing ML-007C-MA for the treatment of schizophrenia and ADP, and clinical trials focused on neuropsychiatric diseases such as schizophrenia or ADP rely on subjective patient-reported outcomes as key endpoints. This makes them more difficult to evaluate than indications with more objective endpoints. Furthermore, these indications are often subject to a placebo effect, which may make it more challenging to isolate the beneficial effects of our product candidates. There can be no guarantee that we will successfully overcome these challenges with our product candidates or that we will not encounter other challenges in the development of our product candidates.

We may in the future seek to engage in strategic transactions to acquire or in-license additional products, product candidates or technologies. If we are unable to realize the benefits from such transactions, it may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize an expanded pipeline of product candidates, negatively impact our cash position, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, such as additional collaborations, acquisitions of companies, asset purchases, joint ventures and in-licensing of new products, product candidates or technologies that we believe will complement or augment our existing business. If we acquire assets with promising markets or technologies, we may not be able to realize the benefit of acquiring such assets if we are not able to successfully integrate them with our existing technologies. We may encounter numerous difficulties in developing, testing, manufacturing and marketing any new products resulting from a strategic acquisition that delay or prevent us from realizing their expected benefits or enhancing our business.

Following any such strategic transaction, we may not achieve any expected synergies to justify the transaction. For example, such transactions may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, increase our near-term and long-term expenditures, experience significant integration or implementation challenges or disrupt our management or business. These transactions would entail numerous operational and financial risks, including exposure to unknown liabilities; disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention in order to manage a collaboration or develop acquired products, product candidates or technologies; incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay transaction consideration or costs; higher-than-

expected acquisition or integration costs, write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges; increased amortization expenses; difficulty and cost in facilitating the transaction or combining the operations and personnel of any acquired business; impairment of relationships with key suppliers, manufacturers or customers of any acquired business due to changes in management and ownership; and the inability to retain key employees of any acquired business.

Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, any transactions that we do complete may be subject to the foregoing or other risks and could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Conversely, any failure to enter any strategic transaction that would be beneficial to us could delay the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates and could have a negative impact on the competitiveness of any product candidate that reaches market.

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of our product candidates.

Any product candidate we develop, and the activities associated with its development and commercialization, including its design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution, is subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and by comparable authorities in other countries. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate in a given jurisdiction. We have not received approval to market any product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction, and it is possible that none of the product candidates we are developing or may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

We have no experience in submitting and supporting the applications necessary to gain marketing approvals and expect to rely on third-party CROs or regulatory consultants to assist us in this process. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. Any product candidates we develop may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude its obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive, may take many years if additional clinical trials are required, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. The FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval that we may ultimately obtain could be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of any product candidates we may develop, the commercial prospects for those product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

We may face uncertainty related to pricing, coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates.

Successful sales of our product candidates in the U.S. market, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs like Medicaid and Medicare, or private health insurance (including managed care plans). These third-party payors are increasingly limiting coverage and/or reducing reimbursements for medical products and services. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a drug product does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the drug product. Coverage policies and third-party payor reimbursement rates may change at any time. Third-party payors are increasingly reducing coverage for medical drugs and services and implementing measures to control utilization of drugs (such as requiring prior authorization for coverage). Patient copays can be significant and may vary among products within a class depending upon the formulary status of an agent with a particular payor. Inconsistencies in formulary status across state Medicaid plans and commercial payers may result in coverage gaps in some geographical areas.

Additionally, the containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. The U.S. government, state legislatures, and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on coverage and requirements for substitution of generic drugs. Adoption or expansion of price controls and cost-containment measures could further limit our net revenue and results. Decreases in third-party coverage for our product candidates, if approved, or a decision by a third-party payor to not cover our product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of reimbursement, our ability to successfully market and sell any product candidates if approved will be harmed.

General legislative cost control measures may also affect reimbursement for our products. If we obtain approval to market a product candidate in the United States, we may be subject to spending reductions affecting Medicare, Medicaid or other publicly funded or subsidized health programs and/or significant taxes or fees.

The market for ML-007C-MA for schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s disease psychosis, ML-004 for autism spectrum disorders and any other product candidates we may develop may be smaller than we expect.

Our estimates of the potential market opportunity for ML-007C-MA for the treatment of patients with schizophrenia and ADP, ML-004 for ASD and any other product candidates we may develop include several key assumptions based on our industry knowledge, industry publications and third-party research reports. There can be no assurance that any of these assumptions are, or will remain, accurate. If the actual markets for ML-007C-MA or ML-004 for these or other indications, or for any other product candidate we may develop, is smaller than we expect, our revenue, if any, may be limited and it may be more difficult for us to achieve or maintain profitability.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on intellectual property. While we believe our product candidates, approach, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies, as well as public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with approved treatment options, off-label therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

Our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources, established presence in the market and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and reimbursement and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of competitors. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, sales, marketing and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites, patient registration for clinical trials and acquiring technologies complementary to or necessary for our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly or earlier than us, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete, and we may not be successful in marketing our product candidates against competitors.

We are developing ML-007C-MA for the treatment of schizophrenia, ADP and other potential indications. We may face competition from typical and atypical antipsychotic treatments that work primarily by inhibiting dopamine and serotonin receptors. In addition, we are aware of several product candidates in clinical development that are designed to modulate muscarinic receptors, such as KarXT, which is marketed as COBENFY for the treatment of schizophrenia and being developed for additional indications by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; emraclidine, which is being developed by AbbVie Inc.; and NBI-‘568, NBI-‘570 and NBI-‘567, which are being developed by Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. In addition, we are aware of other companies that are in earlier stages of developing muscarinic agents for schizophrenia and other CNS indications, including Neumora Therapeutics, Inc.

We may also face competition from other companies developing product candidates to address schizophrenia, ADP and other relevant indications that are designed to modulate other non-muscarinic receptors, including ACP-204, which is being developed by Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. We may also face competition from other companies developing product candidates to address agitation or other behavioral symptoms associated with Alzheimer’s disease.

We are developing ML-004 for the treatment of ASD. There are no FDA-approved pharmaceutical treatments for social communication deficits in ASD. In the treatment of the irritability symptoms associated with ASD, we may face competition from ABILIFY, marketed by Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., and RISPERDAL, marketed by Johnson & Johnson, as well as from generic forms of those drugs that are being marketed and sold.

Even if we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates in the United States, we may never obtain approval for or commercialize any of them in any other jurisdiction, which would limit our ability to realize their full market potential.

In order to market any products in any particular jurisdiction, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements on a country-by-country basis regarding safety and efficacy.

Approval by the FDA in the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. However, the failure to obtain approval in one jurisdiction may negatively impact our ability to obtain approval elsewhere. In addition, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries and regulatory approval in one country does not guarantee regulatory approval in any other country.

Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approval could result in difficulties and increased costs for us and require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials which could be costly and time consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including in international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, or if regulatory approvals in international markets are delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of any product we develop will be unrealized.

If we obtain approval to commercialize any products outside of the United States, we could experience a variety of risks associated with international operations that could adversely affect our business.

If ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or any of our other product candidates are approved for commercialization, we may seek to enter into agreements with third parties to market them in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. We expect that we would be subject to additional risks related to international pharmaceutical operations, including:

•

different regulatory requirements for drug and companion diagnostic approvals and rules governing drug and companion diagnostic commercialization in foreign countries;

•

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

•

foreign reimbursement, pricing and insurance regimes;

•

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

•

economic weakness, including inflation or impacts related to tariffs, fluctuating interest rates or other factors, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

•

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

•

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires, or from economic or political instability;

•

greater difficulty with enforcing our contracts;

•

potential noncompliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and similar anti-bribery and anticorruption laws in other jurisdictions; and

•

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad.

We have no prior experience in these areas. In addition, there are complex regulatory, tax, labor and other legal requirements imposed by individual countries in Europe with which we will need to comply. If we are unable to successfully manage the challenges of international expansion and operations, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products that we may develop. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be

otherwise unsuitable during clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims could include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims also could be asserted under state consumer protection acts. Product liability claims could delay or prevent completion of our development programs. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against any claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

•

inability to bring a product candidate to market;

•

decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

•

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

•

initiation of investigations by U.S. and foreign regulators;

•

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

•

significant time and costs to defend the related litigation;

•

diversion of management and resources from our business operations;

•

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

•

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

•

loss of revenue;

•

exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;

•

reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy;

•

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop; and

•

decline in our stock price.

Our current product liability insurance coverage for the United States and certain other jurisdictions may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We likely will need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or our future product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. Our insurance policies also may have various deductibles and exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may need to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, enforcing such indemnification provisions may cause diversion of management’s time and our resources and such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could decrease our cash and cash equivalents and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Even if we receive regulatory approval of our current or future product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for, among other things, manufacturing processes, submission of post-approval clinical data and

safety information, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, recordkeeping, export, import, advertising, promotional activities and product tracking and tracing. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, establishment registration and drug listing requirements, continued compliance with Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, regulations relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping and GCP regulations for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.

In addition, later discovery of previously unknown AEs or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, including AEs of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

•

restrictions on manufacturing such products;

•

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

•

restrictions on product distribution or use;

•

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

•

warning or untitled letters or holds on clinical trials;

•

withdrawal of the products from the market;

•

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

•

recall of products;

•

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenue;

•

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

•

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

•

product seizure or detention; or

•

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA’s policies, and the policies of foreign regulatory agencies, may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates.

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, executive orders or other actions could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance and review and approval of marketing applications. If such executive actions were to impose restrictions on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business could be negatively impacted. In addition, the U.S. Supreme Court’s June 2024 decision in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo overturned the longstanding Chevron doctrine, under which courts were required to give deference to regulatory agencies’ reasonable interpretations of ambiguous federal statutes. The Loper decision could result in additional legal challenges to regulations and decisions issued by federal agencies, including the FDA, on which we rely. Any such legal challenges, if successful, could have a material impact on our business. Additionally, the Loper decision may result in increased regulatory uncertainty, inconsistent judicial interpretations, and other impacts to the agency rulemaking process, any of which could adversely impact our business and operations. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of prescription drugs. These regulations include standards and restrictions for direct-to-consumer advertising, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet and off-label promotion. Any regulatory approval that the FDA grants is limited to those specific diseases and indications for which a product is deemed to be safe and effective by FDA.

While physicians in the United States may choose, and are generally permitted, to prescribe drugs for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and for uses that differ from those tested in clinical trials and approved by the regulatory authorities, our ability to promote the products is narrowly limited to those indications that are specifically approved by the FDA. These “off-label” uses are common across medical specialties and may constitute an appropriate treatment for some patients in varied circumstances.

Regulatory authorities in the United States generally do not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. Regulatory authorities do, however, restrict communications by pharmaceutical companies regarding off-label use. Although recent court decisions suggest that certain off-label promotional activities may be protected under the First Amendment, the scope of any such protection is unclear. If our promotional activities fail to comply with the FDA’s regulations or guidelines, we may be subject to warnings from, or enforcement action by, these authorities. In addition, our failure to follow FDA rules and guidelines relating to promotion and advertising may cause the FDA to issue warning letters or untitled letters, bring an enforcement action against us, suspend or withdraw an approved product from the market, require a recall or institute fines or civil penalties or could result in disgorgement of money, operating restrictions, injunctions or criminal prosecution, any of which could harm our reputation and our business.

Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages, staffing limitations or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire, retain or deploy key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new or modified products from being developed, approved or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The ability of the FDA and other government agencies to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory and policy changes, a government agency’s ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees and other events that may otherwise affect the agency’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the FDA and other government agencies have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs or modifications to approved drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, in recent years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. In addition, the current U.S. presidential administration has issued certain policies and executive orders directed towards reducing the employee headcount and costs associated with U.S. administrative agencies, including the FDA, and it remains unclear the degree to which these efforts may limit or otherwise adversely affect the FDA’s ability to conduct routine activities.

Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FDA postponed most inspections of domestic and foreign manufacturing facilities at various points. If any future prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if renewed global health concerns, funding shortages or staffing limitations prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews or other regulatory activities, it could significantly

impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If the FDA does not conclude that certain of our product candidates satisfy the requirements for the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for such product candidates under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway for those product candidates will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and entail significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated and in either case may not be successful.

We are developing a proprietary product candidate for which we may seek FDA approval through the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, added Section 505(b)(2) to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. Section 505(b)(2), if applicable to us under the FDCA, would allow an NDA we submit to FDA to rely in part on data in the public domain or the FDA’s prior conclusions regarding the safety and effectiveness of approved compounds, which could expedite the development program for our product candidates by potentially decreasing the amount of clinical data that we would need to generate in order to obtain FDA approval. If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway as anticipated, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for these product candidates, and complications and risks associated with these product candidates, would likely substantially increase. We could need to obtain more additional funding, which could result in significant dilution to the ownership interests of our then existing stockholders to the extent we issue equity securities or convertible debt. We cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain such additional financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Moreover, inability to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market more quickly than our product candidate, which would likely materially adversely impact our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, we cannot assure you that our product candidate will receive the requisite approvals for commercialization.

In addition, notwithstanding the approval of a number of products by the FDA under Section 505(b)(2) over the last few years, certain brand-name pharmaceutical companies and others have objected to the FDA’s interpretation of Section 505(b)(2). If the FDA’s interpretation of Section 505(b)(2) is successfully challenged, the FDA may change its 505(b)(2) policies and practices, which could delay or even prevent the FDA from approving any NDA that we submit under Section 505(b)(2). In addition, the pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive, and Section 505(b)(2) NDAs are subject to special requirements designed to protect the patent rights of sponsors of previously approved drugs that are referenced in a Section 505(b)(2) NDA. These requirements may give rise to patent litigation and mandatory delays in approval of our NDAs for up to 30 months or longer depending on the outcome of any litigation. It is not uncommon for a manufacturer of an approved product to file a citizen petition with the FDA seeking to delay approval of, or impose additional approval requirements for, pending competing products. If successful, such petitions can significantly delay, or even prevent, the approval of the new product. However, even if the FDA ultimately denies such a petition, the FDA may substantially delay approval while it considers and responds to the petition. In addition, even if we are able to utilize the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, there is no guarantee this would ultimately lead to accelerated product development or earlier approval.

Moreover, even if our product candidate is approved under Section 505(b)(2), the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the products may be marketed or to other conditions of approval, or may contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the products.

Current and future healthcare reform legislation or regulation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain coverage for and commercialize our product candidates and may adversely affect the prices we may set.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, including cost-containment measures that may reduce or limit coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs and improve the quality of healthcare.

For example, the Affordable Care Act, or ACA, was enacted in the United States in 2010 and substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both the government and private insurers. The ACA contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products. Among other things, the ACA established an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents; extended manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; expanded the entities eligible for discounts under the 340B drug pricing program; increased the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and established a Center for Medicare & Medicaid Innovation at the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending. Since its enactment, there have been executive, judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA.

Since the ACA’s passage, legislative changes to the ACA have been proposed and adopted. On July 4, 2025, the annual reconciliation bill, the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” or OBBBA, was signed into law which is expected to reduce Medicaid spending and enrollment by implementing work requirements for some beneficiaries, capping state-directed payments, reducing federal funding, and limiting provider taxes used to fund the program. OBBBA also narrows access to ACA marketplace exchange enrollment and declines to extend the ACA’s enhanced advanced premium tax credits, set to expire in 2025, which, among other provisions in the law, are anticipated to reduce the number of Americans with health insurance. Additionally, under the sequestration required by the Budget Control Act of 2011, beginning April 1, 2013, Medicare payments to providers were reduced, which will remain in effect through 2032 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On March 11, 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law, which eliminated the statutory cap on the Medicaid drug rebate effective January 1, 2024. The rebate was previously capped at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the United States of pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient assistance programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products.

Most significantly, in August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, or IRA, was signed into law. This statute marks the most significant action by Congress with respect to the pharmaceutical industry since adoption of the ACA in 2010. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain high expenditure, single-source drugs that have been on the market for at least 7 years to engage in price negotiations with Medicare, with prices that can be negotiated subject to a cap; imposes rebates under Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D to penalize price increases that outpace inflation (first due in 2023); redesigns the Medicare Part D benefit (beginning in 2024); and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new manufacturer discount

program (beginning in 2025). CMS has published the negotiated prices for the initial ten drugs, which will first be effective in 2026, and has published the list of the subsequent 15 drugs that will be subject to negotiation. The IRA permits the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, to implement many of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. HHS has and will continue to issue and update guidance as these programs are implemented, although the Medicare drug price negotiation program is currently subject to legal challenges. On December 8, 2023, the National Institute of Standards and Technology published for comment a Draft Interagency Guidance Framework for Considering the Exercise of March-In Rights, which for the first time includes the price of a product as one factor an agency can use when deciding to exercise march-in rights. While march-in rights have not previously been exercised, it is uncertain if that will continue under the new framework. Additional drug pricing proposals could appear in future legislation. The impact of the IRA on us and the pharmaceutical industry cannot yet be fully determined, but is likely to be significant.

At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Some measures are designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Some states have enacted legislation creating so-called prescription drug affordability boards, which ultimately may attempt to impose price limits on certain drugs in these states, while some states are also seeking to implement general, across-the-board price caps for pharmaceuticals, or are seeking to regulate drug distribution. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our product candidates, if approved, or put pressure on our product pricing, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are unable to predict the future course of federal or state healthcare legislation and regulation in the U.S. directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare, particularly in light of the recent U.S. Presidential and Congressional elections. The current Presidential administration is pursuing policies to reduce regulations and expenditures across the federal government, including at HHS, the FDA, the CMS, and related agencies. These actions, presently directed by executive orders or memoranda from the Office of Management and Budget, may propose policy changes that create additional uncertainty for our business. These actions and proposals include, for example, include (1) reducing agency workforce and cut programs; (2) rescinding a Biden administration executive order tasking the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation to consider new payment and healthcare models to limit drug spending; (3) eliminating the Biden administration’s executive order that directed HHS to establish an AI task force and develop a strategic plan; (4) directing HHS and other agencies to lower prescription drug costs through a variety of initiatives, including by improving upon the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program and establishing most-favored-nation pricing for pharmaceutical products; (5) imposing tariffs of imported pharmaceutical products; and (6) and directing certain federal agencies to enforce existing law regarding hospital and price plan price transparency and by standardizing prices across hospitals and health plans. Additionally, in its June 2024 decision in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo, or Loper Bright, the U.S. Supreme Court overturned the longstanding Chevron doctrine, under which courts were required to give deference to regulatory agencies’ reasonable interpretations of ambiguous federal statutes The Loper Bright decision could result in additional legal challenges to current regulations and guidance issued by federal agencies applicable to our operations, including those issued by the FDA. Congress may introduce and ultimately pass health care related legislation that could, among others, impact the drug approval process and make changes to modify the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program created under the IRA.

We expect that the healthcare reform measures that have been adopted and may be adopted in the future may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product and could seriously harm our future revenues. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product.

If we or our third-party manufacturers and suppliers fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Although we do not currently manufacture our drug products or product candidates on site, our research and development activities do involve the use of biological and hazardous materials and produce hazardous waste products at small quantities. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, which includes coverage for biological hazardous waste and medical hazardous waste or radioactive contamination, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities.

Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors, patient organizations and customers subject us to broadly applicable foreign, federal and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain regulatory approval. Such laws include:

•

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or certain rebates), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in return for, either the referral of an individual or the purchase, lease or order or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any good, facility, item or service, for which payment

may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

•

the federal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or from knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti- Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;

•

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

•

HIPAA, as amended by Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, which imposes certain requirements on covered entities, which include certain healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses and their business associates and covered subcontractors that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

•

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to payments and other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain non-physician practitioners (physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, anesthesiology assistants and certified nurse-midwives) and teaching hospitals and other healthcare providers, as well as ownership and investment interests held by such healthcare professionals and their immediate family members; and

•

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; some state laws require biopharmaceutical companies to comply with the biopharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; some state laws that require biopharmaceutical companies to report information on the pricing of certain drug products; and some state and local laws that require the registration or pharmaceutical sales representatives.

Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements and those with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare and privacy laws and regulations will involve ongoing substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including certain consulting agreements and advisory board agreements we have entered into with physicians who are paid, in part, in the form of stock or stock options, may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of statutory

exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government-funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly and time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found not to be in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government-funded healthcare programs.

We are subject to stringent and evolving U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and rules, contractual obligations, industry standards, policies and other obligations related to data privacy and security. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could lead to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation (including class claims) and mass arbitration demands; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; and other adverse business consequences.

In the ordinary course of business, we collect, receive, store, process, generate, use, transfer, disclose, make accessible, protect, secure, dispose of, transmit and share (collectively, process) personal data and other sensitive information, including proprietary and confidential business data, trade secrets, intellectual property, sensitive third-party data, business plans, transactions, financial information and data we collect about trial participants in connection with clinical trials (collectively, sensitive data).

Our data processing activities subject us to numerous data privacy and security obligations, such as various laws, regulations, guidance, industry standards, external and internal privacy and security policies, contractual requirements and other obligations relating to data privacy and security. For example, HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, imposes specific requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable protected health information.

In the United States, federal, state and local governments have enacted numerous data privacy and security laws, including data breach notification laws, personal data privacy laws, consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act) and other similar laws (e.g., wiretapping laws).

Numerous U.S. states have enacted comprehensive privacy laws that impose certain obligations on covered businesses, including providing specific disclosures in privacy notices and affording residents with certain rights concerning their personal data. As applicable, such rights include the right to access, correct or delete certain personal data, and to opt-out of certain data processing activities, such as targeted advertising, profiling and automated decision-making. The exercise of these rights may impact our business and ability to provide our products and services. Certain states also impose stricter requirements for processing certain personal data, including sensitive information, such as conducting data privacy impact assessments. These state laws allow for statutory fines for noncompliance. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or CCPA, applies to personal data of consumers, business representatives and employees who are California residents and requires businesses to provide specific disclosures in privacy notices and honor requests of such individuals to exercise certain privacy rights. The CCPA provides for fines and allows private litigants affected by certain data breaches to recover significant statutory damages. Although the CCPA exempts some data processed in the context of clinical trials, the CCPA increases compliance costs and potential liability with respect to other personal data we maintain about California residents.

Similar laws are being considered in several other states, as well as at the federal and local levels, and we expect more states to pass similar laws in the future. While these states, like the CCPA, also exempt some data

processed in the context of clinical trials, these developments may further complicate compliance efforts and increase legal risk and compliance costs for us and the third parties with whom we work.

Outside the United States, an increasing number of laws, regulations and industry standards govern data privacy and security. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, or EU GDPR, the United Kingdom’s General Data Protection Regulation, or UK GDPR, Australia’s Privacy Act, Brazil’s General Data Protection Law (Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados Pessoais, Law No. 13,709/2018) and China’s Personal Information Protection Law impose strict requirements for processing personal data. In Canada, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act and various related provincial laws, as well as Canada’s Anti-Spam Legislation, may apply to our operations.

For example, under the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, companies may face temporary or definitive bans on data processing and other corrective actions; fines of up to 20 million Euros under the EU GDPR, and 17.5 million pounds sterling under the UK GDPR or, in each case, 4% of annual global revenue, whichever is greater; or private litigation related to processing of personal data brought by classes of data subjects or consumer protection organizations authorized at law to represent their interests.

In addition, we may be unable to transfer personal data from Europe and other jurisdictions to the United States or other countries due to data localization requirements or limitations on cross-border data flows. Europe and other jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring data to be localized or limiting the transfer of personal data to other countries. In particular, the European Economic Area, or EEA, and the United Kingdom have significantly restricted the transfer of personal data to the United States and other countries whose privacy laws it generally believes are inadequate. Other jurisdictions may adopt or have already adopted similarly stringent data localization and cross-border data transfer laws. Although there are currently various mechanisms that may be used to transfer personal data from the EEA and the United Kingdom to the United States in compliance with law, such as the EEA’s standard contractual clauses, the United Kingdom’s International Data Transfer Agreement / Addendum and the European Union-U.S. Data Privacy Framework and the United Kingdom extension thereto (which allows for transfers to relevant U.S.-based organizations who self-certify compliance and participate in the Framework), these mechanisms are subject to legal challenges, and there is no assurance that we can satisfy or rely on these measures to lawfully transfer personal data to the United States. If there is no lawful manner for us to transfer personal data from the EEA, the United Kingdom or other jurisdictions to the United States or if the requirements for a legally-compliant transfer are too onerous, we could face significant adverse consequences, including the interruption or degradation of our operations, the need to relocate part of or all of our business or data processing activities to other jurisdictions (such as Europe) at significant expense, increased exposure to regulatory actions, substantial fines and penalties, the inability to transfer data and work with partners, vendors and other third parties and injunctions against our processing or transferring of personal data necessary to operate our business. Additionally, companies that transfer personal data out of the EEA and the United Kingdom to other jurisdictions, particularly to the United States, are subject to increased scrutiny from regulators, individual litigants and activities groups. Some European regulators have ordered certain companies to suspend or permanently cease certain transfers of personal data out of Europe for allegedly violating the GDPR’s cross-border data transfer limitations.

Additionally, the U.S. Department of Justice issued a rule entitled Preventing Access to U.S. Sensitive Personal Data and Government-Related Data by Countries of Concern or Covered Persons, which places additional restrictions on certain data transactions occurring on or after the effective date of the rule involving countries of concern (e.g., China, Russia, Iran) and covered individuals (i.e., individuals and entities located in or controlled by individuals or entities located in those jurisdictions) that may impact certain business and management activities, such as licensing and partnership engagements, vendor engagements, employment of or access to data by certain individuals, and investor agreements. Violations of the rule could lead to significant civil and criminal fines and penalties. Although the U.S. Department of Justice has issued compliance guidance and responded to frequently asked questions, there is currently no enforcement or case law to provide additional guidance on how the rule will be interpreted by the U.S. Department of Justice, and there is a risk that our interpretation of its applicability, scope and requirements could be incorrect, incomplete, or misapplied. The rule

applies regardless of whether data is anonymized, key-coded, pseudonymized, de-identified or encrypted, which presents particular challenges for companies like ours and may impact our ability to transfer or provide access to data in connection with certain transactions or agreements.

We use artificial intelligence, or AI, including generative AI, and machine learning, or ML, technologies to develop our products and services (collectively, “AI/ML” technologies). For example, we use an internally developed algorithm for drug discovery purposes and to identify drug targets. The development and use of AI/ML present various privacy and security risks that may impact our business. AI/ML are subject to privacy and data security laws, as well as increasing regulation and scrutiny. Several jurisdictions around the globe, including Europe and certain U.S. states, have proposed enacted, or are considering laws governing the development and use of AI/ML, such as the EU’s AI Act and Colorado’s AI Act. We expect other jurisdictions will adopt similar laws. Additionally, certain privacy laws extend rights to consumers (such as the right to delete certain personal data) and regulate automated decision making, which may be incompatible with our use of AI/ML. These obligations may make it harder for us to conduct our business using AI/ML, lead to regulatory fines or penalties, require us to change our business practices, retrain our AI/ML, or prevent or limit our use of AI/ML. For example, the Federal Trade Commission has required other companies to turn over (or disgorge) valuable insights or trainings generated through the use of AI/ML where they allege the company has violated privacy and consumer protection laws. If we cannot use AI/ML or that use is restricted, our business may be less efficient, or we may be at a competitive disadvantage. Our employees and personnel also use AI and/or automated decision-making technologies to perform their work, and the disclosure and use of personal data in AI technologies is subject to various privacy laws and other privacy obligations. Governments have passed and are likely to pass additional laws regulating AI and/or automated decision-making technologies. Our use of this technology could result in additional compliance costs, regulatory investigations and actions, and lawsuits. If we are unable to use generative AI and/or automated decision-making technologies, it could make our business less efficient and result in competitive disadvantages.

In addition to data privacy and security laws, we are and may become in the future contractually subject to industry standards adopted by industry groups. We are also bound by other contractual obligations related to data privacy and security, and our efforts to comply with such obligations may not be successful.

We publish privacy policies, marketing materials and other statements regarding data privacy and security. Regulators in the United States are increasingly scrutinizing these statements, and if these policies, materials or statements are found to be deficient, lacking in transparency, deceptive, unfair, misleading or misrepresentative of our practices, we may be subject to investigation, enforcement actions by regulators or other adverse consequences.

The requirements of such obligations, their application, and interpretation (and consumers’ data privacy expectations) are quickly changing, becoming increasingly stringent, and creating uncertainty. Additionally, these obligations may be subject to differing applications and interpretations, which may be inconsistent or conflict among jurisdictions. Preparing for and complying with these obligations requires us to devote significant resources and may necessitate changes to our services, information technologies, systems and practices and to those of any third parties that process personal data on our behalf.

We may at times fail (or be perceived to have failed) in our efforts to comply with our data privacy and security obligations. Moreover, despite our efforts, our personnel or third parties with whom we work may fail to comply with such obligations, which could negatively impact our business operations. If we or the third parties with whom we work fail or are perceived to have failed to address or comply with applicable data privacy and security obligations, we could face significant consequences, including government enforcement actions (e.g., investigations, fines, penalties, audits, inspections and similar); litigation (including class-action claims) and mass arbitration demands; additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; bans on processing personal data; orders to destroy or not use personal data; and imprisonment of company officials.

In particular, plaintiffs have become increasingly more active in bringing privacy-related claims against companies, including class claims and mass arbitration demands. Some of these claims allow for the recovery of statutory damages on a per violation basis and, if viable, carry the potential for monumental statutory damages, depending on the volume of data and the number of violations. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business or financial condition, including loss of customers; inability to process personal data or to operate in certain jurisdictions; limited ability to develop or commercialize our products; expenditure of time and resources to defend any claim or inquiry; adverse publicity; or by requiring substantial changes to our business model or operations.

We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Compliance with these legal standards could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets. We can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which can harm our business.

We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors, and other collaborators from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties to sell our products outside the United States, to conduct clinical trials, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors and other collaborators, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties, including independent clinical investigators, contracted laboratories and CROs, to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, our development programs and our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates may be delayed and our business could be substantially harmed.

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely upon third parties, including independent clinical investigators, contracted laboratories and third-party CROs, to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and to monitor and manage data for our ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. We rely on these parties for execution of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies and trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards and our reliance on these third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and our third-party contractors and CROs are required to comply with Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP, regulations as applicable, and GCP regulations, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our products in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GLP and GCP regulations through periodic inspections of laboratories conducting GLP studies, trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we, our investigators or any of our CROs or contracted laboratories fail to comply with applicable GLP and GCP regulations, the clinical data

generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional preclinical studies or clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority such regulatory authority will determine that any of our preclinical studies or clinical trials comply with applicable GLP or GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with drug products produced in compliance with applicable cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat preclinical studies or clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Further, these laboratories, investigators and CROs are not our employees, and we will not be able to control, other than by contract, the amount of resources, including time, that they devote to our product candidates and clinical trials. If independent laboratories, investigators or CROs fail to devote sufficient resources to the development of our product candidates, or if their performance is substandard, it may delay or compromise the prospects for approval and commercialization of any product candidates that we develop. In addition, the use of third-party service providers requires us to disclose our proprietary information to these parties, which could increase the risk that this information will be misappropriated.

Our CROs have the right to terminate their agreements with us in the event of an uncured material breach. In addition, some of our CROs have an ability to terminate their respective agreements with us if we make a general assignment for the benefit of our creditors or if we are liquidated.

If any of our relationships with these third-party laboratories, CROs or clinical investigators terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative laboratories, CROs or investigators or to do so in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms. If laboratories, CROs or clinical investigators do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our preclinical or clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our preclinical or clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

Switching or adding additional laboratories or CROs or investigators involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new laboratory or CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our contracted laboratories and CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, clinical investigators may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and may receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the preclinical study or clinical trial, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable preclinical study or clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the preclinical study or clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection by the FDA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing our clinical-stage product candidate or any future product candidates.

We rely on third parties to supply and manufacture our product candidates, and we expect to continue to rely on third parties to manufacture our products, if approved. The development of such product candidates and the commercialization of any products, if approved, could be stopped, delayed or made less profitable if any such third party fails to provide us with sufficient quantities of product candidates or products or fails to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices or fails to maintain or achieve satisfactory regulatory compliance. Furthermore, our reliance on third parties, such as manufacturers, may subject us to risks relating to manufacturing scale-up, which may cause us to undertake substantial obligations, including financial obligations.

We do not currently have the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture all our product candidates for use in the conduct of our preclinical studies and clinical trials or, if our products are approved, for commercial supply. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs. Any replacement of our CMOs could require significant effort and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified CMOs. For example, we currently rely on a limited number of single-source suppliers for manufacture of components of ML-007C-MA. Reliance on third-party providers may expose us to more risk than if we were to manufacture our product candidates ourselves. We are dependent on our CMOs for the production of our product candidates in accordance with relevant regulations, such as cGMP regulations, which require, among other things, quality control, quality assurance and the maintenance of records and documentation. Moreover, many of the third parties with whom we contract may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting product development activities that could harm our competitive position.

We do not have complete control over all aspects of the manufacturing process of, and are dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with cGMP regulations for manufacturing both active drug substances and finished drug products. Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with cGMP regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside of the United States. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain marketing approval for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we do not have control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain marketing approvals for or commercialize our products and product candidates. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or drugs, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our product candidates or drugs and harm our business and results of operations. Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or drugs may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any product candidates that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

Our third-party manufacturers and other vendors may be subject to damage or interruption from, among other things, fire, natural or man-made disaster, war, disease outbreaks or public health pandemics, power loss, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry, computer viruses, denial-of-service attacks, acts of terrorism, human error, vandalism or sabotage, financial insolvency, bankruptcy and similar events.

If we were to experience an unexpected loss of supply of or if any supplier were unable to meet our demand for any of our product candidates, we could experience delays in our research or ongoing and planned clinical trials or commercialization. We could be unable to find alternative suppliers of acceptable quality, in the appropriate volumes who could meet our timelines at an acceptable cost. Moreover, our suppliers are often subject to strict manufacturing requirements and rigorous testing requirements, which could limit or delay

production. The long transition periods necessary to switch manufacturers and suppliers, if necessary, could significantly delay our preclinical studies, our clinical trials and the commercialization of our products, if approved, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects. In complying with the applicable manufacturing regulations of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, we and our third-party suppliers must spend significant time, money and effort in the areas of design and development, testing, production, record-keeping and quality control to assure that the products meet applicable specifications and other regulatory requirements. The failure to comply with these requirements could result in an enforcement action against us, including the seizure of products and shutting down of production. We and any of these third-party suppliers may also be subject to audits by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. If any of our third-party suppliers fails to comply with cGMP regulations or other applicable manufacturing regulations, our ability to develop and commercialize the products could suffer significant interruptions. We face risks inherent in relying on CMOs, as any disruption, such as a fire, natural hazards, vandalism or an outbreak of contagious disease affecting the CMO or any supplier of the CMO could significantly interrupt our manufacturing capability. In case of a disruption, we will have to establish alternative manufacturing sources. This would require substantial capital on our part, which we may not be able to obtain on commercially acceptable terms or at all. Additionally, we would likely experience months of manufacturing delays as the CMO builds or locates replacement facilities and seeks and obtains necessary regulatory approvals. If this occurs, we will be unable to satisfy manufacturing needs on a timely basis, if at all.

Furthermore, as we continue to grow and advance our product candidates through preclinical and clinical trials, we will need to scale our operations accordingly. For example, as we conduct clinical trials of our product candidates, we need to manufacture them in large quantities. We, or any manufacturing partners, may be unable to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity for any of our product candidates in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all. In addition, quality issues may arise during scale-up activities. If we, or any manufacturing partners, are unable to successfully scale up the manufacture of our product candidates in sufficient quality and quantity, the development, testing, and clinical trials of that product candidate may be delayed or infeasible, and regulatory approval or commercial launch of any resulting product may be delayed or not obtained, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Future partnerships may be important to our business. If we are unable to enter into new partnerships, or if these partnerships are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

We have limited capabilities for product development and do not yet have any capability for commercialization. Accordingly, we may enter into future partnerships with other companies to provide us with additional product candidates and funding for our programs or to help commercialize our products, if approved. If we are unable to successfully develop and commercialize our own products and are required to pursue partnerships, we may fail to enter into or maintain such partnerships on reasonable terms or at all, our ability to develop our research programs and product candidates could be delayed and our costs of development and commercialization could increase. In addition, we may find that our programs require the use of intellectual property rights held by third parties, and the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire or in-license these intellectual property rights.

We may not be able to negotiate partnerships on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for a partnership will depend, among other things, upon an assessment of the partner’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed partnership and the proposed partner’s evaluation of a number of factors. These factors may include the design or results of preclinical studies or clinical trials, the likelihood of regulatory approval, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, the existence of any uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology (which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership regardless of the merits of the challenge) and industry and market conditions generally. The partner may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a partnership could be more attractive than the one with us.

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Our Operations

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on the management, clinical, research and development, manufacturing, financial and business development expertise of our executive officers, particularly Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer and Founder and Erin Foff, M.D., Ph.D., our Chief Medical Officer. Each of our executive officers may currently terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not currently maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or employees^.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and clinical personnel and, if we progress the development of our product pipeline for commercialization, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel, will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key personnel, including any of our scientific founders, could impede the achievement of our development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We expect to expand our clinical development, manufacturing and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of June 30, 2025, we had 109 full-time employees and no part-time employees. As our development progresses, we expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of clinical product development, regulatory affairs and, if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Our choice to focus on multiple CNS indications may negatively affect our ability to adequately develop the specialized capability and expertise necessary for operations. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, collaborators, principal investigators, CROs, suppliers and vendors may be improperly classified or may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We endeavor to properly classify our employees as exempt or non-exempt with respect to wage and hour laws, including for purposes of minimum wage, overtime and applicable meal and rest periods, and we monitor

and evaluate such classifications. Although there are no current, pending or threatened claims or investigations against us asserting that any employees have been incorrectly classified as exempt, the possibility nevertheless exists that certain job roles could be deemed to have been incorrectly classified as exempt. In addition, we endeavor to classify our workforce properly, and we monitor and evaluate such classifications. Although there are no current, pending or threatened claims or investigations against us asserting that any independent contractors have been incorrectly classified, the possibility nevertheless exists that certain contractors could be deemed to be employees.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, collaborators, principal investigators, CROs, suppliers and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that violates FDA regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, and laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, including, without limitation, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

If our information technology systems or those of third parties with whom we work or our data are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, fines and penalties, disruptions of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profits, and other adverse consequences.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and the third parties with whom we work process sensitive data, and, as a result, we and third parties with whom we work face a variety of evolving threats that can cause security incidents. Cyber-attacks, malicious internet-based activity, online and offline fraud and other similar activities threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our sensitive data and information technology systems, and those of third parties with whom we work. Such threats are prevalent and continue to rise, are increasingly difficult to detect and come from a variety of sources, including traditional computer “hackers,” threat actors, “hacktivists,” organized criminal threat actors, personnel (such as through theft or misuse), sophisticated nation states and nation-state-supported actors.

Some actors now engage and are expected to continue to engage in cyber-attacks, including without limitation nation-state actors for geopolitical reasons and in conjunction with military conflicts and defense activities. During times of war and other major conflicts, we and third parties with whom we work may be vulnerable to a heightened risk of these attacks, including retaliatory cyber-attacks, that could materially disrupt our systems and operations, supply chain and ability to produce, sell and distribute our services.

We and third parties with whom we work are subject to a variety of evolving threats, including social-engineering attacks (including through deep fakes, which may be increasingly more difficult to identify as fake,

and phishing attacks), malicious code (such as viruses and worms), malware (including as a result of advanced persistent threat intrusions), denial-of-service attacks, credential stuffing, credential harvesting, personnel misconduct, human or technological error, ransomware attacks, supply-chain attacks, software bugs or other vulnerabilities in commercial software that is integrated into our (or our or service providers’) information technology systems, server malfunctions, software or hardware failures, loss of data or other information technology assets, adware, attacks enhanced or facilitated by AI (including tools that that circumvent security controls, evade detection and remove forensic evidence), telecommunications failures, earthquakes, fires, floods, and other similar threats. Such threats are expected to accelerate on a global basis in frequency and magnitude as threat actors are becoming increasingly sophisticated in using techniques and tools.

In particular, severe ransomware attacks are becoming increasingly prevalent and can lead to significant interruptions in our operations or our ability to provide our products or services, loss of sensitive data and income, reputational harm and diversion of funds. Extortion payments may alleviate the negative impact of a ransomware attack, but we may be unwilling or unable to make such payments due to, for example, applicable laws or regulations prohibiting such payments.

It may be difficult or costly to detect, investigate, mitigate, contain, and remediate a security incident. Our efforts to do so may not be successful. Actions taken by us or the third parties with whom we work to detect, investigate, mitigate, contain, and remediate a security incident could result in outages, data losses, and disruptions of our business. Threat actors may also gain access to other networks and systems after a compromise of our networks and systems.

Remote work has increased risks to our information technology systems and data, as our employees utilize network connections, computer and devices outside our premises or network, including working at home, while in transit and in public locations. Additionally, business transactions (such as acquisitions or integrations) could expose us to additional cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, as our systems could be negatively affected by vulnerabilities present in acquired or integrated entities’ systems and technologies. Furthermore, we may discover security issues that were not found during due diligence of such acquired or integrated entities, and it may be difficult to integrate companies into our information technology environment and security program.

In addition, our reliance on third parties could introduce new cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, including supply-chain attacks, and other threats to our business operations. We rely on third parties and their technologies to operate critical business systems to process sensitive data in a variety of contexts, including, without limitation, CROs, cybersecurity service providers, employee email and other functions. We also rely on third parties to provide other products, services, parts or otherwise to operate our business. Our ability to monitor these third parties’ information security practices is limited, and these third parties may not have adequate information security measures in place. If the third parties with whom we work experience a security incident or other interruption, we could experience adverse consequences. While we may be entitled to damages if the third parties with whom we work fail to satisfy their privacy or security-related obligations to us, any award may be insufficient to cover our damages, or we may be unable to recover such award. In addition, supply-chain attacks have increased in frequency and severity, and we cannot guarantee that third parties’ infrastructure in our supply chain or their supply chains have not been compromised.

While we have implemented security measures designed to protect against security incidents, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective. We take steps designed to detect, mitigate and remediate vulnerabilities in our information systems (such as our hardware and/or software, including that of third parties with whom we work). However, we may not detect and remediate all such vulnerabilities including on a timely basis. Further, we may experience delays in developing and deploying remedial measures and patches designed to address identified vulnerabilities. Vulnerabilities could be exploited and result in a security incident.

Certain of the previously identified or similar threats could cause a security incident or other adverse impact to the availability, integrity or confidentiality of our sensitive data or our information technology systems, or

those of third parties with whom we work, including unauthorized, unlawful, or accidental acquisition, modification, destruction, loss, alteration, encryption, disclosure of, or access to such sensitive data and systems. A security incident or other adverse impact could disrupt our ability (and that of third parties with whom we work) to provide our services.

We expend resources or may have to modify our business activities (including our clinical trial activities) to try to protect against security incidents. Additionally, certain data privacy and security obligations require us to implement and maintain specific security measures or industry-standard or reasonable security measures to protect our information technology systems and sensitive data.

Applicable data privacy and security obligations may require us, or we may voluntarily choose, to notify relevant stakeholders, including affected individuals, customers, regulators and investors, of security incidents, or to take other actions, such as providing credit monitoring and identity theft protection services. Such disclosures and related action can be costly, and the disclosure or the failure to comply with such requirements could lead to adverse consequences.

Our use of AI/ML presents certain information security risks. For example, any sensitive data that we input into an AI/ML platform could be leaked or disclosed to others, including if sensitive data is used to train third party AI/ML. Where an AI/ML model ingests sensitive data and makes connections using such data, those technologies may reveal other sensitive data generated by the model. AI/ML models may create flawed, incomplete, or inaccurate outputs, some of which may appear correct. This may happen if the inputs that the model relied on were inaccurate, incomplete or flawed (including if a bad actor “poisons” the AI/ML with bad inputs or logic), or if the logic of the AI/ML is flawed (a so-called “hallucination”).

If we (or a third party with whom we work) experience a security incident or are perceived to have experienced a security incident, we may experience adverse consequences, such as government enforcement actions (for example, investigations, fines, penalties, audits and inspections); additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; restrictions on processing sensitive data (including personal data); litigation (including class claims); indemnification obligations; negative publicity; reputational harm; monetary fund diversions; diversion of management attention; interruptions in our operations (including availability of data); financial loss; and other similar harms. Security incidents and attendant consequences may negatively impact our ability to grow and operate our business. Any or all of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Some of our contracts may not contain limitations of liability, and even where they do, there can be no assurance that limitations of liability in our contracts are sufficient to protect us from liabilities, damages or claims related to our data privacy and security obligations.

We cannot be sure that our insurance coverage will be adequate or sufficient to protect us from or to mitigate liabilities arising out of our privacy and security practices, that such coverage will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that such coverage will pay future claims.

In addition to experiencing a security incident, third parties may gather, collect or infer sensitive data about us from public sources, data brokers or other means that reveal competitively sensitive details about our organization and could be used to undermine our competitive advantage or market position.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations, and those of our CROs, CMOs and other contractors and consultants, could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business

interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or any other product candidates that we may identify or if the scope of the intellectual property protection we currently have or obtain in the future is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize product candidates similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize ML-007C-MA, ML-004 and any other product candidates that we may pursue may be impaired.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce our intellectual property,particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to our product candidates and technology. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad and in-licensing intellectual property related to our existing product candidates, our various proprietary technologies and any other product candidates or technologies that we may identify.

Obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications or to maintain the rights to patents licensed from third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

The patent position of biopharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal, technological and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. The standards that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and its foreign counterparts use to grant patents are not always applied predictably or uniformly. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States or vice versa. There is no assurance that all potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found, which can prevent a patent from issuing from a pending application or later invalidate or narrow the scope of an issued patent. For example, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. In some instances, we submit patent applications directly with the USPTO as provisional patent applications. However, U.S. provisional patent applications are not eligible to become issued patents unless and until, among other things, we file a non-provisional patent application within 12 months of the provisional application filing date. With regard to such U.S. provisional patent applications, if we do not timely file any non-provisional patent applications, we may lose our priority date with respect to our provisional patent applications and any patent protection on the inventions disclosed in our provisional patent applications. Any pending and future patent applications that we own or in-license may not result in patents being issued that protect our product candidates or technology, in whole or in part, or that effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive product candidates. The coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our

competitors may be able to circumvent our owned or licensed patents by developing similar or alternative product candidates in a non-infringing manner.

In addition, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical product candidates to ours or limit the duration of the patent protection of our product candidates. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing drugs similar or identical to ours.

Furthermore, our owned and in-licensed intellectual property rights may be subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties. The intellectual property related to the ML-007C-MA product candidate that is expected to expire between 2031 and 2032 was developed using US governmental funding. When new technologies are developed with government funding, the government generally obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention or to have others use the invention on its behalf. These rights may permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise march-in rights to use or allow third parties to use our licensed technology. For example, the United States federal government retains such rights in inventions produced with its financial assistance under the Bayh-Dole Act. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations or to give preference to U.S. industry. Any exercise by the government of such rights or by any third party of its reserved rights could materially and adversely affect our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Patents are of national or regional effect. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. In addition, intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. Moreover, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. In addition, competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may also export infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. For example, in European Union countries, compulsory licensing laws compel patent owners to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, some countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Similarly, if our trade secrets

are disclosed in a foreign jurisdiction, competitors worldwide could have access to our proprietary information and we may be without satisfactory recourse. Such disclosure could have a material adverse effect on our business. Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws, which could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

In addition, geopolitical actions in the United States and in foreign countries could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution or maintenance of our patent applications or those of any current or future licensors and the maintenance, enforcement or defense of our issued patents or those of any current or future licensors. For example, the United States and foreign government actions related to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine may limit or prevent filing, prosecution and maintenance of patent applications in Russia. Government actions may also prevent maintenance of issued patents in Russia. These actions could result in abandonment or lapse of our patents or patent applications, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in Russia. If such an event were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, a decree was adopted by the Russian government in March 2022 allowing Russian companies and individuals to exploit inventions owned by patentees from the United States without consent or compensation. Consequently, we would not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in Russia or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into Russia. Accordingly, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

Changes in patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability were met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to a patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first-inventor-to-file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This new regime will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application and be diligent in filing patent applications, but circumstances could prevent us from promptly filing patent applications on our inventions. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensor’s patents or patent applications.

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications filed after March 2013 are prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in U.S. federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the

prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-licensed issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of biopharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. For example, U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future. For example, recent decisions, including by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, raise questions regarding the award of patent term adjustment, or PTA, for patents in families where related patents have issued without PTA. Thus, it cannot be said with certainty how PTA will/will not be viewed in the future and whether patent expiration dates may be impacted.

Further, the new European unitary patent system took effect on June 1, 2023, under which all European patents, including those granted before the introduction of the system, now by default fall automatically under the jurisdiction of the Unitary Patent Court, or UPC, unless otherwise opted out. Under the unitary patent system, European applications will have the option, upon grant of a patent, of becoming a Unitary Patent which will be subject to the jurisdiction of the UPC. Patents granted before the implementation of the UPC will have the option of opting out of the jurisdiction of the UPC during the first seven years of the court’s existence and remaining as national patents in the UPC countries. Patents that remain under the jurisdiction of the UPC will be potentially vulnerable to a single UPC-based revocation challenge that, if successful, could invalidate the patent in all countries who are signatories to the UPC. As the UPC is a new court system, there is no precedent for the court, increasing the uncertainty of any litigation. We cannot predict with certainty the long-term effects of any potential changes.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position of our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional or international patent application filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

If we are not able to obtain patent term extension in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and in foreign countries under similar legislation, thereby potentially extending the marketing exclusivity term of our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one of the U.S. patents covering each of such product candidates or the use thereof may be eligible for up to five years of patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments allow a maximum of one patent to be extended per FDA-approved product as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, and only those claims covering such approved drug product, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Patent term extension also may be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates, such as the

Supplementary Protection Certificates in Europe. In particular, a maximum of five-and-a-half years of supplementary protection can be achieved in Europe for an active ingredient or combinations of active ingredients of a medicinal product protected by a basic patent, if a valid marketing authorization exists (which must be the first authorization to place the product on the market as a medicinal product) and if the product has not already been the subject of supplementary protection.

Nevertheless, we may not be granted patent term extension either in the United States or in any foreign country because of, for example, any failure by us to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, apply within applicable deadlines, apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or to otherwise satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the term of extension, as well as the scope of patent protection during any such extension, afforded by the governmental authority could be less than we request.

If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product may be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration and may take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data to launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Also, there are detailed rules and requirements regarding the patents that may be submitted to the FDA for listing in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, or the Orange Book. We may be unable to obtain patents covering our product candidates that contain one or more claims that satisfy the requirements for listing in the Orange Book. Even if we submit a patent for listing in the Orange Book, the FDA may decline to list the patent or a manufacturer of generic drugs may challenge the listing. If or when one of our product candidates is approved and a patent covering that product candidate is not listed in the Orange Book, a manufacturer of generic drugs would not have to provide advance notice to us of any Abbreviated New Drug Application filed with the FDA to obtain permission to sell a generic version of such product candidate.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

•

we or future collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we license or may own in the future;

•

we or future collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

•

others may independently develop, manufacture and commercialize technologies or products that are similar to, or are alternatives or duplicates of any of our technologies or products without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights;

•

it is possible that our pending patent applications or those that we may own in the future will not lead to issued patents;

•

issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

•

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop, manufacture and commercialize competitive products or product candidates for sale in our major commercial markets;

•

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

•

the patents of others may harm our business; and

•

we may choose not to seek patent protection for some of our proprietary technology to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such trade secrets or know-how.

Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of our owned and licensed patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ outside firms and rely on outside counsel to pay these fees due to the USPTO and non-U.S. patent agencies. However, we cannot guarantee that any current or future licensors have or will have similar systems and procedures in place to pay such fees. In addition, the USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our current or future registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or descriptive, cancelled, or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using those names, which we need to build name recognition among potential collaborators or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections of our applications by the USPTO or in other foreign jurisdictions. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our

business may be adversely affected. We may license our trademarks and trade names to third parties, such as distributors. Although these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by any licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could materially and adversely affect our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Moreover, any name we have proposed to use with any of our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA (or an equivalent administrative body in a foreign jurisdiction) objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful and our issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in courts or patent offices.

Competitors or other third parties may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and personnel. Our pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. If we were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one or more of our product candidates, the defendant could allege that we infringe their patents, assert counterclaims that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable, or both. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including novelty, nonobviousness, written description or enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. In any patent infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a court will decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention, or decide that the other party’s use of our patented technology falls under the safe harbor to patent infringement under 35 U.S.C. § 271(e)(1). An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving our patents could limit our ability to assert our patents against those parties or other competitors and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Any of these occurrences could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore,

because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common shares. Moreover, we may not have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings.

Further, interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or attempt to obtain a license to use the related technology from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or if a non-exclusive license is offered and our competitors gain access to the same technology. Our defense of litigation or interference or derivation proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue clinical trials, continue research programs, license necessary technology from third parties or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring product candidates to market.

Third parties may claim that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell any product candidates that we may develop without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. However, our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biopharmaceutical industry, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes reexamination proceedings before the USPTO and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are pursuing development candidates. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for or obtain patents that could prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell, if approved, our product candidates. The biopharmaceutical industry has produced a considerable number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we were sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity in court requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity that applies to issued patents, and a court of competent jurisdiction may not invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. In addition, many companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have employed intellectual property litigation as a means to gain an advantage over their competitors. As the biopharmaceutical industry expands and more patents are issued, and as we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, the risk increases that our existing product candidates and any other product candidates that we may identify may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

There may be other third-party patents or patent applications with claims to composition of matter, materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our existing or future product candidates. Further, we may not be aware of patents that have already been issued and that a third party might assert are infringed by our current or future product candidates, including claims to compositions, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods of use or treatment that cover our product candidates. It is also possible that patents owned by third parties of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop, could be found to be infringed by our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patents were determined to cover the manufacturing process of our product candidates, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents or until such patents expire.

Similarly, if any third-party patents were found to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidate unless we obtained a license or until such patent expires. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or it may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property rights.

Parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we could because they have substantially greater resources. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that even if a third party is infringing our issued patent, any patents that may be issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our stockholders or it may be otherwise impractical or undesirable to enforce our intellectual property against some third parties. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. In such cases, we may decide to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our internal research programs, in-license needed technology or other product candidates or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.

We may become subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

Our agreements with employees and contractors and our personnel policies provide that any inventions conceived by an individual in the course of rendering services to us is our exclusive property. Although our policy is to have all such individuals complete these agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may not obtain these agreements in all circumstances, the assignment of intellectual property rights may not be

self-executing and individuals with whom we have entered into these agreements may not comply with their terms. The assignment of intellectual property may not be automatic upon the creation of an invention and despite such agreement, such inventions may become assigned to third parties. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or proprietary information, these agreements, even if obtained, may not provide meaningful protection.

We or our current or future licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we or our licensors may have inventorship disputes arising from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. The failure to name the proper inventors on a patent application can result in the patents issuing thereon being unenforceable. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship of our or our licensors’ ownership of our owned or in licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. Alternatively, or additionally, we may enter into agreements to clarify the scope of our rights in such intellectual property. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of or right to use intellectual property that is important to our product candidates. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Our current or future licensors may have relied on third-party consultants or collaborators or on funds from third parties, such as the U.S. government, such that our licensors are not the sole and exclusive owners of the patents we in-licensed. If other third parties have ownership rights or other rights to our in-licensed patents, they may be able to license such patents to our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology.

Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business would be harmed.

We consider proprietary trade secrets, confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with parties who have access to them, including our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors, CROs, contract manufacturers, collaborators and other third parties, that are designed to protect our proprietary information. However, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary technology or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know, whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective.

Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary. We may not be able to obtain adequate remedies in the event of such unauthorized use. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive and

time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets, and we may need to share our trade secrets or proprietary know-how with current or future partners, collaborators, contractors and others located in countries at heightened risk of theft of trade secrets, including through direct intrusion by private parties, foreign actors and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Trade secrets will also over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles and the movement of personnel from company to company or academic institutions to industry scientific positions. Though our agreements with third parties typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, collaborators, licensors, suppliers, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets and proprietary information, our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. In addition, if any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. Despite employing the contractual and other security precautions described above, the need to share trade secrets increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. If any of these events occurs or if we otherwise lose protection for our trade secrets, the value of such information may be greatly reduced and our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other confidential information of their current or former employers or other third parties.

As is common in the biopharmaceutical industry, we employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer or other third parties. We may also become subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our product candidates, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. We may also lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our reputation, our ability to form strategic alliances or sublicense our rights to collaborators, engage with scientific advisors or hire employees or consultants, each of which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may obtain rights to develop and commercialize product candidates that are subject in part to the terms and conditions of licenses granted to us by others. The terms of these licenses may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on product candidates. Further, if we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we in-license or acquire development or commercialization rights to product candidates, we could lose such rights that are important to our business.

We may in the future seek licenses from others to develop and commercialize product candidates or technologies. The licenses we may enter into may not provide adequate rights to use such intellectual property rights and proprietary technology in all relevant fields of use or in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize technology and product candidates in the future. Licenses to additional third-party proprietary technology or intellectual property rights that may be required for our development programs may not be

available in the future or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our proprietary technology or product candidates or to develop or license replacement technology, which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may not be able to develop and commercialize technology and product candidates in fields of use and territories for which we are not granted rights pursuant to such licenses, which could materially and adversely affect our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution and enforcement of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology that we license from third parties. In addition, our licensors may require us to obtain consent from the licensor before we can enforce patent rights, and our licensor may withhold such consent or may not provide it on a timely basis. Therefore, we cannot be certain that our licensors or collaborators will prosecute, maintain, enforce and defend such intellectual property rights in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business, including by taking reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of know-how and trade secrets or by paying all applicable prosecution and maintenance fees related to intellectual property registrations for any of our product candidates. We also cannot be certain that our licensors have drafted or prosecuted the patents and patent applications licensed to us in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, which may affect the validity and enforceability of such patents or any patents that may issue from such applications. This could cause us to lose rights in any applicable intellectual property that we in-license, and as a result our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates may be adversely affected, and we may be unable to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competing products.

Our rights to use intellectual property to be licensed in the future will be subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of such a license agreement. Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

•

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

•

the extent to which our product candidates, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

•

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under any future collaborative development relationships;

•

our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

•

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

•

the priority of invention of patented technology.

In addition, certain provisions in our license agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we license prevents or impairs our ability to maintain our licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights. In addition, while we cannot currently determine the amount of the royalty obligations we would be required to pay on sales of future products if infringement or misappropriation were found, those amounts could be significant. The amount of our future royalty obligations will depend on the technology and

intellectual property we use in products that we successfully develop and commercialize, if any. Therefore, even if we successfully develop and commercialize products, we may be unable to achieve or maintain profitability.

Risks Related to This Offering, Ownership of our Common Stock and our Status as a Public Company

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active trading market for our common stock may not develop and, as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price, if at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “MPLT.” An active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price, at the time you wish to sell them, or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Further, an inactive market also may impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could lose all of part of their investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering could be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. The stock market in general and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. In addition to the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, the market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

•

the commencement, enrollment or results of our clinical trials of ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or any future clinical trials we may conduct or changes in the development status of our product candidates;

•

any delay in our regulatory filings for ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or any other product candidate we may develop and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authority’s review of such filings, including without limitation the FDA’s issuance of a “refusal to file” letter or a request for additional information;

•

adverse results from, delays in or termination of clinical trials;

•

the reporting of unfavorable clinical or preclinical results;

•

adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of our product candidates;

•

unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or any other product candidate;

•

our inability to obtain adequate product supply for any approved product or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

•

general conditions or trends in the biotechnology and other industries;

•

overall performance of the equity markets, including the stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the biopharmaceutical industry;

•

publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

•

investors’ general perception of our company and our business;

•

our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;

•

changes in financial estimates by us or by any equity research analysts who might cover our stock;

•

the trading volume of our common stock;

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

•

introduction of new products or services offered by us or our competitors;

•

announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

•

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

•

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

•

ineffectiveness of our internal controls;

•

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

•

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation or employee or independent contractor litigation;

•

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems, including coverage and adequate reimbursement for any approved drug;

•

expiration of market standoff or lock-up agreements described in the section titled “Underwriters;”

•

the occurrence of any of the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section; and

•

other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In addition, in the past, securities class action litigation often has been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. As a newly-public company, we have only limited research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock, and such lack of research coverage may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we do have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general, and Nasdaq and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biotechnology companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs (including the cost to defend against and any potential adverse outcome resulting from any such proceeding), damage to our reputation and a diversion of management’s attention and resources from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Based on 440,199,453 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2025, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, into 426,938,535 shares of our common stock (of which shares are non-voting common stock), upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, hold common stock representing approximately % of our outstanding common stock, without giving effect to any purchases by our officers, directors, such stockholders and their affiliated entities in this offering. As a result, if these stockholders choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. Additionally, the concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the research, development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any future debt or other financing arrangements may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Any return to stockholders therefore will be limited to the appreciation in the price of our common stock.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have shares of common stock and non-voting common stock outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2025. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately, except that any shares purchased by our directors or officers pursuant to our directed share program, as described in “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” will be subject to lock-up agreements described below. Following the consummation of this offering, substantially all of our shares outstanding prior to this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period pursuant to the lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering, as described

in the section titled “Underwriters,” and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws, as described in the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All of these shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently-restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, to register shares subject to outstanding stock options issued under the 2019 Plan and shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2025 Plan and the ESPP. Both the 2025 Plan and the ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the shares reserved for issuance under the plans which could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. In addition, pursuant to the NeuroSolis Agreement, we are required to potentially issue NeuroSolis up to 1,043,014 shares of our common stock upon our achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, of which we issued 447,006 shares in June 2025 upon the achievement of a specified milestone. Once we register the issuance of shares under these plans, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the vesting of the equity awards, other restrictions provided under the terms of the applicable plan or equity award, and the lock-up period with respect to this offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $ per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price.

To the extent that stock options are exercised, RSUs are settled, new equity awards are issued under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

•

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements;

•

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

•

an exemption from compliance with the requirements of the PCAOB regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on financial statements.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We plan to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or, if earlier, (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.24 billion, (ii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

In addition, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, we will not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult. As a result of these elections, the information that we provide in this prospectus may be different than the information investors may receive from other public companies in which they hold equity interests. In addition, it is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of these elections, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and higher volatility in our share price.

We also are a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million and our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year, which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our annual report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not increase the value of your investment.

Following this offering, our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether such proceeds are being used appropriately.

Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of our existing cash, cash equivalents and short term investments and the net proceeds from this offering, our ultimate use of proceeds may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our existing cash, cash equivalents and short term investments and the net proceeds from this offering in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. We expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and short term investments, to advance the clinical development of our current programs, to fund research and development activities for additional programs, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to pursue our strategy to in-license or develop additional product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law:

•

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

•

any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

•

any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws;

•

any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our restated certificate or our amended and restated bylaws;

•

any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and

•

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.

These exclusive forum provisions may result in increased costs for investors to bring a claim. Further, these exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits

against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could seriously harm our business.

Anti-takeover provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

•

establish a classified board of directors such that directors are elected at the annual stockholder meeting;

•

allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed from time to time by our stockholders or our board of directors;

•

limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from our board of directors;

•

establish requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings;

•

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and allow actions by our stockholders by written consent, with certain requirements;

•

limit who may call stockholder meetings; and

•

authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that holders of our common stock would receive a premium for their shares of our common stock in an acquisition.

General Risks

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and

other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These additional costs could negatively affect our

financial results. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products, if approved. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

If we are unable to design and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decline.

We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Although we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control over financial reporting on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until our second annual report on Form 10-K. However, as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. When we lose our status as an “emerging growth company” and/or reach an accelerated filer threshold, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act, we may need to upgrade our information technology systems, implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff. If we or, if required, our auditors are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal control over financial reporting may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes and take significant time to

complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in establishing and maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

There may be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once that firm begins its Section 404 reviews, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2024, we had federal and state net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $58.6 million and $10.5 million, respectively. Such federal NOL carryforwards may be carried forward indefinitely but are permitted to be used in any taxable year to offset only up to 80% of taxable income in such year, if any. For state income tax purposes, there may be periods during which the use of NOL carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed. The state NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2039. In addition, as of December 31, 2024, we had federal research and development tax credits, or R&D credits, of $8.0 million available to offset our future taxable income, if any, which will expire at various dates beginning in 2039.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards, R&D credits and other tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We may have experienced ownership changes in the past, and we may experience ownership changes as a result of this offering or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change has occurred or occurs and our ability to use our NOL carryforwards or R&D credits is materially limited, it would harm our future results of operations by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

Changes in tax laws or regulations may have a material adverse effect on our cash flow, business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

New tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted differently, changed, repealed or modified at any time. Any such enactment, interpretation, change, repeal or modification could adversely affect us, possibly with retroactive effect. For example, the U.S. government recently enacted legislation commonly referred to as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, which (along with prior U.S. federal tax reform legislation) has resulted in significant changes to the taxation of business entities, including, among other changes, the imposition of minimum taxes and excise taxes, changes to the taxation of income derived from international operations, changes in the deduction and amortization of research and development expenditures, and limitations on the deductibility of business interest. Future guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities with respect to these and other legislation may affect us, and certain aspects of such legislation could be repealed or modified in future legislation or sunset in future years. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to federal law. We continue to evaluate the impact that these and other tax reforms may have on our business.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy. Unfavorable conditions in the economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth in the United States or abroad, financial and credit market fluctuations, inflation, fluctuating interest rates, potential tariffs and other concerns regarding international trade relations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, outbreaks of contagious diseases, warfare and terrorist attacks on the United States, Europe, the Asia Pacific region or elsewhere, such as the conflict in the Middle East, could cause a decrease in business investments, disrupt the timing and cadence of key industry events, and negatively affect the growth of our business and our results of operations. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affected workforces, economies and financial markets globally, leading to a reduction in the ability of, or the inability of, partners, suppliers, vendors or other parties to meet their contractual obligations, and for a period of time, a reduction in customer spending on technology, and such conditions may reoccur in the future. The war in Ukraine and the related political and economic responses imposed on Russia, such as sanctions, may also exacerbate these issues and trends especially in Europe. A severe or prolonged economic downturn could result in a variety of risks to our business, including weakened demand for our product candidates and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause delays in payments for our services by third-party payors or our collaborators. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions intended to identify statements about the future. These statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements include statements about the following:

•

the timing, progress and results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of studies or trials and related preparatory work, the period during which the results of the trials will become available and our research and development programs;

•

the timing of any regulatory submissions, initiation of and enrollment in clinical trials and timing of expected clinical results for ML-007C-MA, ML-004 and our other product candidates;

•

our ability to identify patients with the conditions treated by our product candidates and to enroll patients in trials;

•

our expectations regarding the size of the patient populations, market acceptance and opportunity for and clinical utility of our product candidates, if approved for commercial use;

•

our manufacturing capabilities and strategy, including the scalability and commercial viability of our manufacturing methods and processes;

•

our expectations regarding the scope of any approved indications for ML-007C-MA, ML-004 or any other product candidate;

•

our ability to successfully receive regulatory approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates;

•

our ability to identify and develop future product candidates;

•

our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our need for or ability to obtain additional funding before we can expect to generate any revenue from drug sales;

•

our ability to establish or maintain collaborations or strategic relationships;

•

our ability to identify, recruit and retain key personnel;

•

our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property position for our product candidates, and the scope of such protection;

•

our financial performance;

•

our expected use of proceeds from this offering;

•

the impact of laws and regulations; and

•

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

The foregoing list of risks is not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks and other information we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus.

Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, the events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. You should refer to the section titled “Risk Factors” of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections, and other information concerning our industry, our business, and the markets for our product candidates, including data regarding the estimated size of such markets and the incidence of certain medical conditions. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained the industry, market and similar data set forth in this prospectus from our internal estimates and research and from academic and industry research, publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including governmental agencies. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of information in any paragraph, you should assume that other information of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and involves a number of assumptions and limitations; as a result, actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe that the data we use from third parties are reliable, we have not separately verified this data. Further, while we believe that our internal research is reliable, such research has not been verified by any third party. You are cautioned not to give undue weight to any such information, projections and estimates.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to additional shares), assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, as follows:

•

approximately $ million to fund the clinical development of ML-007C-MA in schizophrenia through the completion of our ongoing Phase 2 ZEPHYR study;

•

approximately $ million to fund the clinical development of ML-007C-MA in ADP through the completion of our ongoing Phase 2 VISTA study;

•

approximately $ million to fund the clinical development of ML-004 in ASD through the completion of our ongoing Phase 2 IRIS study;

•

approximately $ million to fund other research and development activities, including preclinical studies for ML-009 and ML-021; and

•

the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire, or invest in, complementary technologies, assets, or intellectual property. We regularly evaluate strategic opportunities; however, we have no current commitments to enter into any such license arrangements or acquisition agreements or to make any such investments.

Based on our current operational plans and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, will be sufficient to fund our operations through . Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, will be insufficient to fund any of our product candidates through regulatory approval, and we anticipate needing to raise additional capital to complete the development of and commercialize our product candidates. It is difficult to predict the cost and timing required to complete development and obtain regulatory approval of, and commercialize, our product candidates due to, among other factors, our limited experience with initiating, conducting and completing clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approval and commercializing our product candidates and uncertainties regarding the rate of subject enrollment in our clinical trials, clinical trial results and the actual costs of manufacturing and supplying our product candidates.

As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing, cost and success of preclinical studies and clinical trials, the timing of regulatory submissions, our ability to obtain additional financing, the amount of cash obtained through future collaborations, if any, and any unforeseen cash needs.

Pending any use described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and our capitalization as of June 30, 2025:

•

on an actual basis;

•

on a pro forma basis to give effect to: (1) our issuance and sale of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock in July 2025 and September 2025 at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $200.0 million, less issuance costs; (2) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued and sold as described in (1), into an aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of our common stock (of which shares are non-voting common stock) upon the closing of this offering; and (3) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

•

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to: (1) the pro forma adjustments described above; and (2) our issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this prospectus, and other financial information contained in this prospectus.


	As of June 30, 2025
	Actual		Pro Forma		Pro Forma as Adjusted
	(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	33,467	$	233,467	$

Short-term investments	$	27,005	$	27,005	$

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted	$	—	$	—	$
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 147,325,537 shares authorized, 147,325,527 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		224,992		—
Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 4,622,496 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		11,981		—
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 45,010,383 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		51,094		—


	As of June 30, 2025
	Actual			Pro Forma			Pro Forma as Adjusted
	(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 14,946,844 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		15,963			—
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		4,793			—
Stockholders’ deficit:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding, actual; shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted		—			—
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 325,000,000 shares authorized, 13,260,918 shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding pro forma; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted		—			43
Additional paid-in capital		6,441			514,104
Accumulated other comprehensive income		50			50
Accumulated deficit		(251,553	)		(251,553	)

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity		(245,062	)		262,644

Total capitalization	$	63,761		$	262,644		$

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price per share of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $ million.

The number of shares of our common stock and non-voting common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 440,199,453 shares of our common stock and non-voting common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2025, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, into an aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of common stock and non-voting common stock (of which shares are non-voting common stock) upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

•

15,997,048 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2025, under the 2019 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.33 per share;

•

57,646,140 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of June 30, 2025, under the 2019 Plan;

•

46,120,144 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of outstanding RSUs under the 2019 Plan subsequent to June 30, 2025;

•

6,472,140 shares of our common stock available for future issuance as of June 30, 2025, under the 2019 Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time the 2025 Plan becomes effective and will be added to, and become available for issuance under, the 2025 Plan;

•

an additional shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Plan and any additional shares of our common stock that may become available under our 2025 Plan, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans—2025 Equity Incentive Plan;”

•

shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans—2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan;” and

•

up to 596,008 additional shares of our common stock potentially issuable pursuant to the NeuroSolis Agreement upon our achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones, as more fully described in the section titled “Business—NeuroSolis Asset Purchase Agreement.”

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of June 30, 2025, we had a historical net tangible book (deficit) of $(248.8) million, or $(18.76) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book deficit per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and the carrying values of our convertible preferred stock, which is not included within stockholders’ deficit, divided by the 13,260,918 shares of our common stock and no shares of non-voting common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2025.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2025 was $259.5 million, or $0.59 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to (i) our issuance and sale of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock in July 2025 and September 2025 at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $200.0 million, less issuance costs; (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued and sold as described in (i), into an aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2025, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustment described above.

After giving further effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2025 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:


Assumed initial public offering price per share				$
Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of June 30, 2025	$	(18.76	)
Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described in the preceding paragraphs		19.35

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2025		0.59
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering				$

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new

investors by $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $ , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $ , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $ per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share would be $ and the dilution per share to new investors would be $ per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2025 described above, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors in this offering paid for such shares. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.


	Shares Purchased				Total Consideration				Weighted- Average Price per Share
	Number	Percent			Amount	Percent
Existing stockholders⁽¹⁾				%	$			%	$
New investors

Total			100	%			100	%

(1)	The presentation in this table regarding ownership by existing stockholders does not give effect to any purchases that existing stockholders may make through our directed share program or otherwise purchase in this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock and non-voting stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 440,199,453 shares of our common stock and non-voting common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2025, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which includes the conversion of an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, into an aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of common stock (of which shares are non-voting common stock), and excludes:

•

15,997,048 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2025 under the 2019 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.33 per share;

•

57,646,140 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of June 30, 2025 under the 2019 Plan;

•

46,120,144 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of outstanding RSUs under the 2019 Plan subsequent to June 30, 2025;

•

6,472,140 shares of our common stock available for future issuance as of June 30, 2025 under the 2019 Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time the 2025 Plan becomes effective and will be added to, and become available for issuance under, the 2025 Plan;

•

an additional shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Plan and any additional shares of our common stock that may become available under the 2025 Plan, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans—2025 Equity Incentive Plan;”

•

To the extent that stock options are exercised, RSUs vest and settle, new equity awards are issued under our equity incentive plan or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, including pursuant to the NeuroSolis Agreement, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the sections titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on improving the lives of patients suffering from debilitating CNS disorders. We were founded by globally recognized leaders in psychiatry and neuroscience research to address the lack of circuit-specific pharmacotherapies available for patients. Our discovery platform holds the potential to fill this void by identifying neural circuits causally linked to disease and targeting those circuits for therapeutic modulation. We believe our deep understanding of these causal links between the modulation of defined neural circuits and the resulting changes in disease-specific behaviors will enable us to develop therapeutics that can deliver efficacy, safety, tolerability and ease-of-use advantages to patients and prescribers.

Our lead product candidate, ML-007-MA, is a fixed-dose combination of an M₁/M₄ muscarinic agonist, ML-007, co-formulated with a PAC, which we are initially developing for the treatment of schizophrenia and ADP. ML-007C-MA is designed to activate both M₁ and M₄ muscarinic receptors centrally to drive efficacy, while synchronizing the pharmacokinetics of the agonist and antagonist components to mitigate peripheral cholinergic side effects. ML-007 alone or co-administered or co-formulated with the PAC has been evaluated in four Phase 1 trials, with a total of 270 healthy subjects enrolled and more than 1,500 doses of ML-007 administered. Based on our clinical and preclinical data, we believe that ML-007C-MA has demonstrated the potential to be a well-tolerated treatment option with convenient dosing, while achieving or exceeding CSF exposures expected to result in improvement across key symptom domains. We are currently conducting ZEPHYR, a Phase 2 trial evaluating ML-007C-MA for the treatment of acute schizophrenia, and expect topline results in the second half of 2026. We are also conducting VISTA, a Phase 2 trial evaluating ML-007C-MA for the treatment of ADP, and expect topline results in the second half of 2027.

Since our inception in 2018, we have devoted substantially all of our time and efforts to performing research and development activities, raising capital and recruiting management and technical staff to support our operations. To date, we have financed our operations primarily with proceeds from the sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and research and development grants received.

We have incurred significant net losses since inception. Our net losses for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 were $52.2 million and $37.3 million respectively. Our net losses for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were $77.6 million and $55.7 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2025, we had an accumulated deficit of $251.6 million. We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing expenses and net losses for the foreseeable future, as we advance our current and future product candidates through preclinical and clinical development, seek regulatory approval for such product candidates, maintain and expand our intellectual property portfolio, hire additional research and development and business personnel, expand our infrastructure and operate as a public company.

We will not generate revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain regulatory

approval for our product candidates, we expect to incur significant expenses related to developing our commercialization capability to support product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution activities initially in the United States.

As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of public or private equity offerings and debt financings or other sources, such as potential collaboration agreements, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such agreements as and when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

At this time, due to the inherently unpredictable nature of clinical and preclinical development and given the early stage of our product candidates, we cannot reasonably estimate the costs we will incur and the timelines that will be required to complete development, obtain marketing approval and commercialize our current product candidates or any future product candidates, if at all. For the same reasons, we are also unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. If we fail to become profitable or sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to raise additional capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations at planned levels, and as a result we may be forced to substantially reduce or terminate our operations.

As of June 30, 2025, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $60.5 million. In July 2025 and September 2025, we issued and sold an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to certain investors at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share, for gross proceeds of $200.0 million. Based on our current operational plans and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to fund our operations through . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we expect. If we are unable to raise sufficient funding, we may be unable to continue to operate in the long term. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Plan of Operation and Future Funding Requirements” below.

NeuroSolis Asset Purchase Agreement

On June 18, 2020, we entered into the NeuroSolis Agreement to acquire NeuroSolis’s proprietary M₁/M₄ agonist molecules and associated intellectual property.

We have made upfront and development milestone payments of $150,000 in the aggregate to NeuroSolis. In addition, we agreed to issue NeuroSolis up to an aggregate of 1,043,014 shares of our common stock, contingent upon the occurrence of specified development and regulatory milestones, of which 447,006 were issued in June 2025.

Stellaromics Agreement

In October 2023, we entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement with Stellaromics, Inc., or Stellaromics, an entity focused on developing and commercializing a proprietary three-dimensional

transcriptomic device inclusive of a confocal, probes, operating software and sample analysis software, pursuant to which we transferred all our rights and obligations to the licenses for STARmap and SNAIL-RCA technologies from Stanford University, or the Stellaromics Agreement. In exchange for the transfer of intellectual property, we received an equity investment in Stellaromics common stock and the right to continue using these technologies in devices already owned. See “—Loss on Equity Method Investment” below and the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for information regarding our equity method investment. See also the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for information regarding the Stellaromics Agreement.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

To date, we have not generated any revenue from any sources, including from product sales, and we do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for our research activities, including our discovery efforts, and the development of our product candidates, and include:

•

salaries, benefits and other employee-related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for personnel engaged in research and development functions;

•

expenses incurred under agreements with CROs;

•

costs of outside consultants, including their fees and travel expenses;

•

the costs of laboratory supplies and acquiring, developing and manufacturing preclinical study and clinical trial materials;

•

the costs associated with clinical trials; and

•

facility-related expenses, which include direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. Costs for external development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific activities. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual agreements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in our consolidated financial statements as prepaid or accrued research and development expenses.

We typically use our employee and infrastructure resources across our development programs and therefore we do not allocate personnel costs, license payments made under our licensing arrangements or other internal costs to specific development programs or product candidates. We also do not track external expenses by specific development program or product candidate.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue clinical trials, advance our preclinical programs into the clinic and continue to discover and develop additional product candidates.

The process of conducting the necessary preclinical and clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming. We cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts

that will be necessary to complete development of our current or future product candidates. There are numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the duration and cost of successfully developing product candidates, which can vary significantly including, including:

•

sufficiency of our financial and other resources to complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials;

•

receiving regulatory approvals or authorizations for conducting future clinical trials;

•

initiation and successful patient enrollment in, and completion of, clinical trials on a timely basis;

•

our ability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority that the applicable product candidate is safe and effective as for its intended uses;

•

timely receipt of marketing approvals for our product candidates from applicable regulatory authorities;

•

the extent of any required post-marketing approval commitments to applicable regulatory authorities;

•

effectively competing with other therapies available on the market or in development; and

•

successfully identifying and developing, acquiring or in-licensing additional product candidates to expand our pipeline.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our current and future product candidates may significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of those product candidates and we may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. As a result of these uncertainties, we are unable to precisely forecast the duration and completion costs of our research and development activities.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in our executive, finance, business development and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include legal fees relating to intellectual property and corporate matters; professional fees for accounting, auditing, tax and consulting services; insurance costs; travel expenses; and facility-related expenses, which include direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our personnel headcount to support our continued research and development activities, manufacturing activities and expansion of our operations in connection with our anticipated commencement of clinical trials. We also anticipate increased expenses associated with being a public company, including costs for audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq listing standards, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investments.

Loss from Equity Method Investment

In October 2023, we entered into the Stellaromics Agreement. As of June 30, 2025, we held approximately 3.7% of the outstanding capital stock of Stellaromics. Additionally, Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, and George Pavlov, one of our directors, are members of Stellaromics’ board of directors, and our largest stockholder, Catalyst4, Inc., holds greater than 70% of the outstanding capital stock of Stellaromics. We have significant influence over, but do not control, Stellaromics through our noncontrolling representation on Stellaromics’ board of directors and our equity interest in Stellaromics. We determined that Stellaromics is a variable interest entity because it does not have sufficient equity at risk to finance its operations without additional subordinated financial support. We are not the primary beneficiary as we do not have the power to direct activities that most significantly impact Stellaromics’ economic performance. Accordingly, we do not consolidate the financial statements of Stellaromics and account for this investment using the equity method of accounting.

Under the equity method of accounting, our investments are initially recorded at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. Upon recording an equity method investment, we evaluate whether there are basis differences between the carrying value and fair value of our proportionate share of the investee’s underlying net assets. Typically, we amortize identified basis differences on a straight-line basis over the underlying asset’s or liability’s estimated useful life when calculating the attributable earnings or losses. If we are unable to attribute all of the basis difference to specific assets or liabilities of the investee, we consider the residual excess of the cost of the investment over the proportional fair value of the investee’s assets and liabilities to be equity method goodwill, which is recognized within the equity investment balance. We subsequently record in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss our share of income or loss of the other entity within the equity method investment, net line item.

We evaluate our equity method investments for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such investments may be impaired and consider qualitative and quantitative factors including the investee’s financial metrics, product and commercial outlook and cash usage. If a decline in the value of an equity method investment is determined to be other than temporary, a loss is recorded in earnings in the current period and the investment is written down to fair value.

Income Taxes

Since our inception, we have not recorded income tax benefits for the NOLs incurred or the research and development tax credits generated in each year due to the uncertainty of realizing a benefit from those items. As of December 31, 2024, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $58.6 million and $10.5 million, respectively, which may be available to offset future taxable income. The federal net operating loss carryforwards do not expire, but may only be used to offset 80% of annual taxable income. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning in 2039. As of December 31, 2024, we also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $8.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which may be available to offset future tax liabilities and expire at various dates beginning in 2039.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025			2024			Change
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	46,633			30,989		$	15,644
General and administrative		7,573			8,287			(714	)

Total operating expenses		54,206			39,276			14,930

Loss from operations		(54,206	)		(39,276	)		(14,930	)

Other income (expense), net:
Interest income		1,499			2,524			(1,025	)
Loss from equity method investment		—			(986	)		986
Other income, net		522			403			119

Total other income, net		2,021			1,941			80

Net loss attributable to common stockholders	$	(52,185	)		(37,335	)	$	(14,850	)

Research and Development Expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025		2024		Change
Preclinical program expenses	$	15,808	$	5,701	$	10,107
Employee related expenses		14,008		9,683		4,325
Clinical trial expenses		7,926		9,404		(1,478	)
Formulation and CMC expenses		7,360		5,354		2,006
Other expenses		1,531		847		684

Total	$	46,633	$	30,989	$	15,644

Research and development expenses were $46.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to $31.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in total research and development expenses of $15.6 million was primarily due to an increase of $10.1 million in preclinical program expenses related to increased development of preclinical programs, an increase of $4.3 million in employee-related expenses related to increased headcount associated with expanded clinical activities, and an increase of $2.0 million in formulation and chemistry, manufacturing and controls, or CMC, expenses, offset by a decrease of $1.5 million in clinical trial expenses. Research and development expenses were reduced as grant earnings were recognized by $0.8 million and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2025		2024		Change
Employee related expenses	$	3,962	$	3,529	$	433
Professional fees and other expenses		3,611		4,758		(1,147	)

Total	$	7,573	$	8,287	$	(714	)

General and administrative expenses were $7.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to $8.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in total general and administrative expenses of $0.7 million was primarily due to a decrease of $1.1 million in professional fees driven by decreased legal and consulting fees, partially offset by an increase of $0.4 million in employee-related expenses associated with increased headcount.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest Income

Interest income was $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in interest income of $1.0 million was due to the decreased short-term and long-term investments held at June 30, 2025 compared to June 30, 2024.

Loss from Equity Method Investment

The loss from equity method investment of $1.0 million recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2024 was due to recognition of the loss from equity method investment related to our investment in Stellaromics. As of June 30, 2025, the carrying value of the equity method investment was $0, and no further losses will be recorded because we do not have any obligation to fund future losses.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net was $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase of $0.1 million was primarily due to the new amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments held during the six months ended June 30, 2025.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023			Change
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	68,523		$	49,675		$	18,848
General and administrative		14,423			7,607			6,816

Total operating expenses		82,946			57,282			25,664

Loss from operations		(82,946	)		(57,282	)		(25,664	)

Other income (expense), net:
Change in fair value of preferred stock purchase right		—			(514	)		514
Interest income		4,504			1,099			3,405
(Loss) gain from equity method investment		(986	)		986			(1,972	)
Other income, net		1,848			2			1,846


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023			Change
Total other income, net		5,366			1,573			3,793

Net loss attributable to common stockholders	$	(77,580	)	$	(55,709	)	$	(21,871	)

Research and Development Expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		Change
Employee related expenses	$	21,337	$	11,867	$	9,470
Clinical trial expenses		18,180		13,307		4,873
Preclinical program expenses		13,972		14,315		(343	)
Formulation and CMC expenses		11,473		7,709		3,764
Other expenses		3,561		2,477		1,084

Total	$	68,523	$	49,675	$	18,848

Research and development expenses were $68.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $49.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in total research and development expenses of $18.8 million was primarily due to an increase of $9.5 million in employee-related expenses related to increased headcount associated with expanded clinical activities, an increase of $4.9 million in clinical trial expenses related to preparing for Phase 2 clinical trials for the ML-007 program, an increase of $3.8 million in formulation and CMC expenses, and an increase of $1.1 million in other expenses related to increased research and development consulting, partially offset by a decrease of $0.3 million in preclinical program expenses. Research and development expenses were reduced by the recognition of $1.0 million and $7.0 million of grant earnings during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table summarizes our general and administrative expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2024		2023		Change
Employee related expenses	$	7,457	$	3,863	$	3,594
Professional fees and other expenses		6,966		3,744		3,222

Total	$	14,423	$	7,607	$	6,816

General and administrative expenses were $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in total general and administrative expenses of $6.8 million was due to an increase of $3.6 million in employee-related expenses associated with increased headcount and an increase of $3.2 million in legal, accounting and other professional fees.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Purchase Right

Change in fair value of preferred stock purchase right was $0 for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to a loss of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The loss in the year ended

December 31, 2023, was the result of the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Rights generated at the initial closing of the Series C Preferred Stock financing in July 2023, the revaluation of the value of the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Rights immediately prior to the Series C Additional Closing in October 2023 and the subsequent derecognition of certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Rights following the Series C Additional Closing.

Interest Income

Interest income was $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in interest income of $3.4 million was due to our higher average cash balance during the year ended December 31, 2024 resulting from our Series C Preferred Stock financing in July 2023 and $2.0 million of interest income from short-term and long-term investments purchased in the year ended December 31, 2024.

(Loss) Gain from Equity Method Investment

The loss from equity method investment of $1.0 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2024 was due to recognition of the loss from equity method investment related to our investment in Stellaromics. The gain from equity method investment of $1.0 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2023, was due to recognition of the gain from equity method investment related to our investment in Stellaromics of $1.1 million, partially offset by our portion of Stellaromics’ losses of $0.1 million.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in other income, net was primarily due to the net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments held during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We have incurred significant net losses since inception. We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing expenses and net losses for the foreseeable future, as we advance our current and future product candidates through preclinical and clinical development, seek regulatory approval for our current and future product candidates through clinical and preclinical development, maintain and expand our intellectual property portfolio, hire additional research and development and business personnel, expand our production capabilities and operate as a public company. As of June 30, 2025, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $60.5 million and an accumulated deficit of $251.6 million. In July 2025 and September 2025, we issued and sold an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to certain investors at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share, for gross proceeds of $200.0 million. We have financed our operations primarily through issuances of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and research and development grants received.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31									Six Months Ended June 30,
	2024			2023			Change			2025			2024			Change
Cash flows used in operating activities	$	(78,815	)	$	(52,006	)	$	(26,809	)	$	(59,517	)	$	(37,473	)	$	(22,044	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities		(80,788	)		(462	)		(80,326	)		54,934			(121,822	)		176,756
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities		118,060			104,572			13,488			(203	)		118,262			(118,465	)

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	(41,543	)	$	52,104		$	(93,647	)	$	(4,786	)	$	(41,033	)	$	36,247

Operating Activities

Our cash flows from operating activities are heavily influenced by our use of cash for operating expenses and working capital required to support our business. We have historically generated negative cash flows from operating activities due to expenses incurred in our clinical trials, preclinical studies, and research and development initiatives.

Net cash used in operating activities was $59.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, reflecting a net loss of $52.2 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $8.7 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.4 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $6.9 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, a $0.8 million decrease in accrued expenses, a $0.8 million decrease in deferred grant earnings and a $0.4 million decrease in operating lease liability, offset by a $0.2 million increase in accounts payable. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.5 million of common stock issued to NeuroSolis, $0.4 million of stock-based compensation expense, $0.4 million of non-cash lease expense, and $0.3 million of depreciation, offset by $0.2 million of net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments.

Net cash used in operating activities was $37.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, reflecting a net loss of $37.3 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $1.9 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.7 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $1.2 million decrease in accounts payable, a $0.4 million decrease in deferred grant earnings and a $0.3 million decrease in operating lease liability, offset by a $0.2 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.5 million of stock-based compensation expense, $0.3 million of non-cash lease expense and $0.3 million of depreciation, offset by $0.4 million of net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments.

Net cash used in operating activities was $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, reflecting a net loss of $77.6 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $3.1 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.8 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $2.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets and a $1.3 million decrease in accounts payable, partially offset by a $2.2 million increase in accrued expenses. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation expense of $1.1 million and a loss on equity method investment of $1.0 million, partially offset by net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments of $1.7 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $52.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, reflecting a net loss of $55.7 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.7 million and a net change of $2.0 million in

our net operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million and $0.6 million of depreciation, partially offset by a gain on an equity method investment of $1.0 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $3.9 million increase in accrued expenses, partially offset by a $1.7 million decrease in deferred grant earnings.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $54.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $121.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase in cash provided by investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2025 was driven by the maturities of short-term investments.

Net cash used in investing activities was $80.8 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase in cash used in investing activities of $80.3 million was driven by the purchases of short-term and long-term investments of $125.0 million, offset by proceeds $45.0 million from maturities of short-term investments during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $118.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to proceeds received from the issuance and sale of shares of our Series C Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs during the six months ended June 30, 2024.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $118.1 million and $104.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, resulting primarily from proceeds received from the issuance and sale of shares of our Series C Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs.

Plan of Operation and Future Funding Requirements

We use our capital resources mainly to fund operating expenses, including research and development expenditures. We plan to increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue clinical trial activities, advance our preclinical programs into the clinic and continue to discover and develop additional product candidates. At this time, due to the inherently unpredictable nature of clinical and preclinical development and given the early stage of our product candidates, we cannot reasonably estimate the costs we will incur and the timelines that will be required to complete development, obtain marketing approval and commercialize our current product candidates or any future product candidates, if at all. For the same reasons, we are also unable to predict when, if ever, we will generate revenue from product sales or whether, or when, if ever, we may achieve profitability. Clinical and preclinical development timelines, the probability of success, and development costs can differ materially from expectations. In addition, we cannot forecast which product candidates may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements.

As of June 30, 2025, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $60.5 million. In July 2025 and September 2025, we issued and sold an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to certain investors at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share, for gross proceeds of $200.0 million. Based on our current operational plans and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to fund our operations through . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, however, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we expect.

The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend largely on:

•

the scope, timing, progress, costs and results of discovery, preclinical development and clinical trials for our current or future product candidates;

•

the number of clinical trials required for regulatory approval of our current or future product candidates;

•

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of any of our current or future product candidates;

•

the cost of manufacturing clinical and commercial supplies of our current or future product candidates;

•

the effectiveness of our platform in identifying and assessing additional indications of interest based on circuit specific pathways;

•

our ability to enter into and maintain new, strategic collaborations or other arrangements and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;

•

the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

•

expenses to attract, hire and retain skilled personnel;

•

the costs of operating as a public company;

•

our ability to establish a commercially viable pricing structure and obtain approval for coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party and government payors;

•

our ability to mitigate the impact of adverse macroeconomic conditions or geopolitical events, including the ongoing conflicts between Ukraine and Russia and in the Middle East, bank failures, inflation and increased interest rates or other factors on our preclinical and clinical development or operations;

•

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

•

the extent to which we acquire or invest in business, products, and technologies.

The net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, will not be sufficient to complete development of any product candidate. Accordingly, we will be required to obtain further funding to achieve our business objectives.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue from product sales, we expect to fund our operations and capital funding needs through public or private equity and/or debt financing. We may also consider entering into collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or selectively partnering for clinical development and commercialization as well as funding through other sources. The sale of additional equity may result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations, and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financial covenants that could restrict our operations or our ability to incur additional indebtedness or pay dividends, among other things. If we raise additional funds through governmental funding, collaborations, strategic partnerships and alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant

licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are not able to secure adequate additional funding, we may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible and/or suspend or curtail planned programs or cease operations. Any of these actions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Contractual Obligations

In August 2020, we entered into a lab and office lease agreement in Redwood City, California. We rented additional space under amendments to the lease agreement in August 2022 and August 2023. We currently lease a total of 13,734 square feet, and the term of the lease extends to June 2031. The lease provides for escalating annualized base rent payments starting at $0.8 million and increasing to $1.2 million in the final year of the lease. Remaining lease payments from January 1, 2025 through the end of the lease term total $7.0 million.

In September 2023, we entered into a lease agreement for office space located in Burlington, Massachusetts. This lease commenced in April 2024 and has an initial term of approximately five years, with an option to extend the term for an additional five years. Cash that is required as security deposit to be held in accordance with the lease is $0.2 million. The aggregate estimated undiscounted rental payments due over the initial term of the lease is $1.6 million.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs and other vendors to assist in the performance of our clinical trials, CMC, research and development and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts typically do not contain minimum purchase commitments and generally provide for termination on notice. Payments due upon cancellation consist of payments for services provided or expenses incurred to date, including payment of noncancelable obligations of our service providers, up to the date of cancellation, and may also include termination penalties. As of June 30, 2025, the timing, the amount or likelihood of such payments are not known.

We are also party to certain grant agreements with the Michael J. Fox Foundation and license and collaboration agreements with NeuroSolis, Stanford University, Vanderbilt University and other universities. We may be obligated to make certain future payments under these agreements that are contingent upon future events such as our achievement of specified regulatory and commercial milestones or royalties on net product sales under these agreements. As of June 30, 2025, we were unable to estimate the timing or likelihood of achieving these milestones or generating future product sales.

Our agreements to license intellectual property include potential milestone payments that are dependent upon the development of products using the licensed intellectual property and contingent upon the achievement of development, regulatory, and commercial milestones. As of June 30, 2025, we were unable to estimate the timing or likelihood of these milestones.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP in the United States. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, costs and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development costs consist of expenses incurred in performing research and development activities, including salaries and benefits, materials and supplies, license costs, preclinical expenses, stock-based compensation expense, depreciation of equipment, contract services, direct and indirect costs of developing production donor animals used in our research and development activities, and other outside expenses. Costs for certain research and development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual arrangements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as prepaid or accrued research and development.

Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to our employees, directors, consultants and other non-employee service providers based on the fair value on the date of the grant. Compensation expense related to awards to employees and directors with service-based vesting conditions is recognized on a straight- line basis based on the grant date fair value over the associated service period of the award, which is typically the vesting term. Compensation expense related to awards to employees with performance-based vesting conditions is recognized based on grant date fair value over the requisite service period using the graded attribution method to the extent achievement of the performance condition is probable. Non-employee option awards are measured at the grant date and compensation expense is recognized in the same manner as if we had paid cash for goods or services.

We classify stock-based compensation expense in our statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the same way the award recipient’s payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipients’ service payments are classified.

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of service based and performance- based stock options on the date of grant and we use the fair value of our common stock to determine the fair value of restricted stock and RSU awards. Using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires management to make significant assumptions and judgments. We determined these assumptions for the Black-Scholes option- pricing model as discussed below.

•

Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock-based awards granted, we based our expected term for awards issued to employees and non- employees using the simplified method which is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contracted term.

•

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury constant maturity notes with terms approximately equal to the stock-based awards’ expected term.

•

Expected Volatility—Since we do not have a trading history of common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of the common stock of several public companies within the industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based awards.

•

Dividend Rate—The expected dividend rate is zero as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

•

Fair Value of Common Stock—Prior to this offering, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock-based awards has been determined by our board of directors with input from management. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the stock-based award by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including having valuations of the common stock performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist, as further described below.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our stock-based awards has historically been determined by our board of directors with input from management and contemporaneous independent third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately- Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors include:

•

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party specialists;

•

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

•

the prices of common or convertible preferred stock sold to third-party investors by us;

•

lack of marketability of our common stock;

•

our actual operating and financial performance;

•

current business conditions and projections;

•

hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

•

the history of our company;

•

our stage of development;

•

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions;

•

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

•

general U.S. and global capital market conditions.

To determine the fair value of our common stock, we first determined our equity value and then allocated the value among the various class of our equity securities to derive a per share value of our common stock. Our equity value was most recently estimated using both the subject company transaction method and the subject company transaction method with market adjustment to equity.

The subject company transaction method entails examining our recent equity transactions and considering these transactions as relevant inputs for the equity value. The subject company transaction method with market adjustment to equity entails examining prior equity transactions of the subject company as well as the most recent transactions to compute our equity value with a market adjustment to equity value to account for changes at our company since the most recent equity transaction.

We used an option pricing method, or OPM, when allocating equity value to classes of securities. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the equity’s equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the

funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preferences at the time of a liquidity event. The Black-Scholes model is used to value the call option, and the model includes assumptions for the time to liquidity and the volatility of equity value.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding the time to the liquidation event and volatility. Changes in these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between these assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of common stock.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported by Nasdaq on the date of grant. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is impacted by changes to the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because of our investments in U.S. government-backed securities and corporate debt securities and because our cash equivalents are in the form of money market funds that are invested in U.S. Treasury securities. As of June 30, 2025, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $60.5 million. Interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates; however, due to the nature of these investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our investment portfolio.

As of June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had no debt outstanding, and therefore we are not subject to interest rate risk related to debt.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency for MapLight Australia Pty. Ltd., our wholly-owned subsidiary in Australia, is also the U.S. dollar. Adjustments that arise from exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in other income (expense), net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as incurred. We have not recognized material currency transaction gains or losses during the six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024 or the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

We do not currently engage in currency hedging activities in order to reduce our currency exposure, but we may begin to do so in the future. Instruments that may be used to hedge future risks may include foreign currency forward and swap contracts. These instruments may be used to selectively manage risks, but there can be no assurance that we will be fully protected against material foreign currency fluctuations.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

The JOBS Act provides that, among other things, an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, we will not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies. We intend to rely on certain of the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we are not required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b), and (ii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis).

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million.

If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

100

BUSINESS

Overview

There remains a significant unmet need in both schizophrenia and ADP for medicines that can effectively treat the breadth of symptoms while reducing the significant safety and tolerability risks for patients. Schizophrenia is a complex psychiatric disorder characterized by a range of symptoms that include positive symptoms of hallucinations, delusions, and disorganized thinking; negative symptoms of social withdrawal, decreased emotional expression, anhedonia, and apathy; and cognitive impairment. Schizophrenia is one of the most common psychotic disorders and affects over 20 million people globally, including more than 3 million people in the United States. Schizophrenia remains one of the leading causes of disability and is associated with an increased risk for premature mortality. Atypical antipsychotics represent the current standard of care and primarily exert their therapeutic effects by binding to and inhibiting the activity of dopamine D₂ receptors in the brain. These dopaminergic antipsychotics are associated with risk of highly morbid side effects of extra pyramidal symptoms, or EPS, (e.g., dystonia, akathisia, tardive dyskinesia), metabolic abnormalities (e.g., weight gain, dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia), hyperprolactinemia, QTc prolongation and sedation. Furthermore, these medications are approved by the FDA only for the treatment of the positive symptoms of schizophrenia and do not address the negative symptoms nor cognitive impairment. Meta-analyses of real-world usage of dopaminergic antipsychotics have shown poor treatment adherence and high discontinuation rates due to lack of efficacy and/or undesirable side effects.

101

known to be critical for psychosis and cognition, and alterations in muscarinic receptor binding have been observed in post-mortem brain tissue from schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s disease patients. The recent FDA approval of COBENFY, an M₁/M₄ muscarinic agonist, represents the first product with a novel mechanism approved for the treatment of schizophrenia in decades. Muscarinic receptor targeted approaches have shown improvements in both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia, as demonstrated in multiple randomized controlled clinical trials conducted by third parties. Additionally, in these trials and other open-label extension trials, muscarinic agonists were shown not to cause the serious side effects of EPS and metabolic disturbance associated with dopaminergic antipsychotics.

Our second product candidate, ML-004, is a 5-HT_1B/1D agonist that we are developing for the treatment of social communication deficit and/or irritability in autism spectrum disorder, or ASD. Historical clinical development efforts for ASD have been challenging given the biological heterogeneity of symptoms across age, developmental level and sex, and the lack of validated outcome measures. There are currently no FDA-approved therapies for the core symptoms of ASD, social communication deficit and repetitive/restricted behavior. The only two therapies approved for ASD-associated irritability are atypical antipsychotics, which are associated with serious side effects. ML-004 is an immediate-release, or IR, and extended-release, or ER, formulation of zolmitriptan. We are currently conducting IRIS, a Phase 2 trial to evaluate the efficacy of ML-004 for the improvement of social communication deficits in patients with ASD. Change from baseline in irritability symptoms is a secondary endpoint. We expect to report topline results from this trial in the second half of 2026. Based on the results from the IRIS trial, we intend to explore potential strategies for further development of ML-004.

In addition, we are advancing two preclinical programs, ML-021 and ML-009. ML-021 is an M₄ antagonist that we are developing for the treatment of motor deficits in Parkinson’s disease. We have conducted multiple preclinical in vitro and in vivo studies using ML-021 and expect to complete investigational new drug application, or IND, -enabling studies for ML-021 in the second half of 2026. ML-009 is a G-protein-coupled receptor 52 positive allosteric modulator, or GPR52 PAM, that we are developing for the treatment of hyperactivity, impulsivity and agitation-related disorders. We have conducted multiple preclinical in vitro and in vivo studies using multiple product candidates and expect to nominate a preclinical candidate to advance to IND-enabling studies in 2026.

102

Our Pipeline of Product Candidates

Figure 1. MapLight Therapeutics Pipeline

LOGO

Our Corporate History, Team and Investors

103

Our Strategy

Advance ML-007C-MA, our lead product candidate, efficiently through registrational trials for the treatment of schizophrenia.

We are currently conducting the Phase 2 ZEPHYR trial for the treatment of hospitalized adult participants with schizophrenia experiencing an acute exacerbation of psychosis. ZEPHYR is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial evaluating once- and twice-daily doses of ML-007C-MA. ZEPHYR is expected to enroll approximately 300 participants across multiple inpatient sites throughout the United States. The primary endpoint of ZEPHYR is the change in the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale, or PANSS, total score from baseline to Week 5. Based on our clinical data in healthy adult participants, we believe that ML-007C-MA has the potential to be a once-daily treatment that is well tolerated, with only a single dose titration and no fasting requirements.

Address the unmet need in Alzheimer’s disease psychosis by advancing ML-007C-MA efficiently through registrational trials.

We are currently conducting the Phase 2 VISTA trial for the treatment of hallucinations and delusions associated with ADP. VISTA is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial evaluating a twice-daily dose of ML-007C-MA. VISTA is expected to enroll approximately 300 patients globally. The primary endpoint of VISTA is the change in the Neuropsychiatric Inventory - Clinician Hallucinations and Delusions, or NPI-C H+D, score from baseline to Week 7. Based on our clinical data in healthy elderly participants, we believe that ML-007C-MA has the potential to be a twice-daily treatment that is well tolerated, requires only a 1-week titration and has no fasting requirements.

Expand the potential of ML-007C-MA by exploring and pursuing additional indications.

Given the broad potential of M₁/M₄ agonism for the treatment of cognition, psychosis and dyskinesia symptoms, we believe ML-007C-MA is an ideal candidate for a broad development program. Beyond our ongoing Phase 2 trials of schizophrenia and ADP, we plan to initially explore ML-007C-MA’s potential in cognitive impairment associated with Alzheimer’s disease given ML-007’s robust activation of the M₁ receptor and the safety and tolerability profile observed in healthy elderly participants. We may also explore ML-007C-MA for the treatment of additional conditions, such as bipolar disorder, agitation associated with Alzheimer’s disease, psychoses associated with other neurodegenerative diseases, and dyskinesias, among others.

Establish proof of concept for ML-004’s efficacy for the treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

We believe ML-004 has the potential to be a compelling therapy to address social communication deficits for which there are no approved therapies and/or ASD-related irritability symptoms, while avoiding the serious side effects often observed with current therapeutic options. We are currently evaluating ML-004 in the Phase 2 IRIS trial in patients with ASD, and we expect to report topline results from this trial in the second half of 2026. Based on the results from the Phase 2 trial, we intend to explore and assess potential strategies for further development of ML-004.

Expand our pipeline by leveraging the versatility and reproducibility of our platform to bring additional product candidates into the clinic.

A key element of our strategy is to leverage the technologies that comprise our platform, combined with our team’s deep understanding of circuit biology and extensive medicinal chemistry and formulation expertise, to continue building our pipeline. Using our platform, which consists of optogenetics, single-cell transcriptomics and STARmap, we have identified two new programs: ML-021 for the treatment of the motor symptoms of

104

Parkinson’s disease and ML-009 for the treatment of hyperactivity, impulsivity, and agitation disorders. We plan to complete IND-enabling studies for our ML-021 program in the second half of 2026 and nominate a preclinical candidate to advance to IND-enabling studies for our ML-009 program in 2026. We expect that our platform will continue to be a source of additional pipeline programs in the future that are developed internally or through informing the potential strategic in-licensing of relevant assets.

Maximize the value of our pipeline and platform by opportunistically engaging in strategic collaborations.

We currently retain global development and commercialization rights to our product candidates and programs. If approved, we intend to retain development and commercialization rights for our product candidates in key indications and geographies. To maximize the full potential and value of our pipeline, we may evaluate strategic collaborations where a collaborator may have geographic operations or other complementary capabilities.

Our Approach and Platform

We were founded by globally recognized leaders in psychiatry and neuroscience research to fill a void in CNS drug discovery by building a platform to identify disease-related neural circuits and target them for therapeutic modulation. Our differentiated approach is based on our deep understanding of the causal links between the modulation of defined neural circuits and the resulting changes in disease-specific behaviors. We believe this approach holds the potential to generate compelling pipeline opportunities by validating promising targets earlier in the discovery and development process.

One key element of our platform is based on the transformative work of our scientific founders in optogenetics. Optogenetics is a technique that uses light to probe the function of specific neural circuits in the living brain. We use optogenetics to identify how aberrant activity in a defined neural circuit can cause disease symptoms. Once we have identified a circuit of interest, we employ additional elements of our platform, single-cell transcriptomics and STARmap, to identify and spatially localize druggable targets that are selectively expressed within those circuits. We then apply our expertise in medicinal chemistry and drug formulation to identify product candidates that engage the identified targets to ameliorate dysfunctional circuit activity.

The multiple, synergistic technologies comprising our platform facilitate our efforts to discover potential product candidates with the optimal combination of specificity, activity and safety. We believe that our circuit-based discovery strategy will enable us to deliver additional novel and differentiated pipeline programs. The figure below illustrates the key elements of our platform.

Figure 2. MapLight Therapeutics Discovery Platform

LOGO

105

Optogenetics: Controlling Brain Activity with Light to Identify Disease-Relevant Neural Circuits

Optogenetics is the use of light-sensitive molecular “switches”, known as opsins, which can be introduced into specific brain circuits in living animals using genetically engineered viruses. Thin optical fibers are implanted into the brain to locally deliver light to specific tissues in the brain. The opsins can then be activated with light to turn specific neural circuits “on” or “off” in awake animals with millisecond precision. The resulting changes in behavior can then be titrated and monitored in real time, illustrating a direct causal link between changes in neural circuit activity and emergence or resolution of disease-relevant symptoms.

Transcriptomics: Identifying Potential Drug Targets in Disease-Relevant Neural Circuits

Single-cell transcriptomics is a high-throughput technology that isolates single cells from a tissue, such as the brain, and then reads out gene expression levels in different cell types. Of particular interest are the cells comprising neural circuits that we have causally linked to disease symptoms using optogenetics. We have developed our own bioinformatic algorithm for analyzing large transcriptomic datasets to assess the gene expression of druggable targets within different brain cell types. Using these gene lists, we identify potential drug targets that can modulate circuit activity and predict selectivity of a drug target for a given cell type. We can then identify tool compounds for modulating these targets or perform molecular manipulations, such as gene knockout, to assess how effectively these targets can modulate the pathological circuit activity mediating disease symptoms.

STARmap: Visualizing Potential Drug Targets in Brain Tissue of Animals and Humans

STARmap is a spatial transcriptomics technology that allows for the visualization of gene expression in neural circuits within preserved slices of brain tissue. STARmap data is generated by processing brain slices to render them transparent and then using fluorescent labels to mark the location of different transcripts in the tissue. STARmap produces a microscopic image of intact brain tissue overlaid with thousands of colored dots, with each color corresponding to a specific drug target. We use this technology to verify the expression, selectivity and location of druggable targets in different circuits of the brain. STARmap can be applied to brain tissue across species, including humans, which allows us to validate that our drug targets are located within disease-relevant neural circuits in humans.

Our Platform-Enabled Pipeline

We have built a multi-pronged platform allowing us to interrogate the function and dysfunction of brain circuits in living animals and to identify potential molecular targets for therapeutic circuit modulation. Our lead programs target optogenetically characterized neural circuits of the striatum, a brain region critical for movement, motivation and reward. Two key brain circuits originating in the striatum are the “direct pathway” and the “indirect pathway,” which connect different subcortical regions with the cortex to form an extended network implicated in a range of diseases including Parkinson’s disease, schizophrenia, depression, ASD and other disorders. The direct pathway is a circuit that facilitates reinforcement, motivation and movement, and its overactivity is associated with psychosis, mania and hyperactivity. Conversely, the indirect pathway suppresses movement, and its overactivity is associated with Parkinson’s disease and depression.

In a seminal study, our Chief Discovery Officer, Anatol Kreitzer, Ph.D., demonstrated that optogenetic activation of the direct pathway induced a hyperactive state, replicating the behaviors observed in animal models of mania and psychosis. In contrast, optogenetic activation of the indirect pathway induced a hypoactive state, replicating the behaviors observed in animal models of Parkinson’s disease and depression. Importantly, activation of muscarinic M₁ receptors stimulates the indirect pathway circuit, thereby reducing the hyperactivity observed in models of schizophrenia. Muscarinic M₄ receptors are localized to the direct pathway, where their activation suppresses direct pathway activity and reduces the hyperactivity observed in psychosis models. Thus, this study established the circuit rationale for M₁/M₄ agonists such as ML-007 in treating psychosis.

106

Our co-founder Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D., published a landmark paper demonstrating that optogenetic activation of serotonin inputs to the nucleus accumbens, or NAc, located in the ventral striatum, could increase sociability in mice, whereas inhibition of this same circuit could reduce sociability. The ventral, or bottom, portion of the striatum is critical for motivation and reward, including social reward – the positive reinforcement associated with affiliation and social interaction. This finding was extended to mouse models of ASD, where increasing the activity of this serotonin circuit rescued sociability – an effect mediated by activation of the 5-HT_1Breceptor. In a separate study, Dr. Malenka showed that the prosocial effects of methylenedioxy-methylamphetamine, or MDMA, are also mediated by the 5-HT_1B receptor. Importantly, selective 5-HT_1B antagonists were shown to block the effects of MDMA, whereas 5-HT_1Bagonists were shown to increase sociability and reduce aggression. These findings led to our development of ML-004 for the enhancement of sociability and the reduction of irritability in ASD patients.

The optogenetic experiments described above also provide a strong rationale for activation of the indirect pathway as a strategy to reduce hyperactivity, impulsivity, and agitation—symptoms that are observed across a range of disorders such as ASD, attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder, Tourette disorder and dyskinesias. Using our platform, we identified GPR52 as selectively expressed in indirect pathway neurons of the striatum, and we confirmed that tool compounds activating GPR52 reduced hyperactive motor symptoms in mice and primates. Using our internal medicinal chemistry efforts, we have identified ML-009, which we are advancing for the treatment of hyperactivity, impulsivity, and agitation disorders.

Our Programs

ML-007C-MA for the Treatment of Schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s Disease Psychosis

Our lead product candidate, ML-007C-MA, is a fixed-dose combination of an M₁/M₄ muscarinic agonist, ML-007, co-formulated with a PAC, which we are initially developing for the treatment of schizophrenia and ADP. ML-007C-MA is designed to activate both M₁ and M₄ muscarinic receptors in the CNS to drive efficacy, while synchronizing the pharmacokinetics of the agonist and antagonist components to mitigate peripheral cholinergic side effects. ML-007 alone, co-administered, or co-formulated with PAC has been evaluated in four Phase 1 trials, with a total of 270 healthy participants enrolled and more than 1,500 doses of ML-007 administered. Based on our clinical and preclinical data, we believe that ML-007C-MA has demonstrated the potential to be a well-tolerated treatment option with convenient dosing, while achieving or exceeding CSF exposures expected to result in improvements across key symptom domains. We are currently conducting ZEPHYR, a Phase 2 trial evaluating ML-007C-MA for the treatment of schizophrenia, and expect topline results in the second half of 2026. We are also conducting VISTA, a Phase 2 trial evaluating ML-007C-MA for the treatment of ADP, and expect topline results in the second half of 2027.

Overview of Schizophrenia

Schizophrenia is a complex psychiatric disorder characterized by a range of symptoms that include positive symptoms of hallucinations, delusions and disorganized thinking; negative symptoms of social withdrawal, decreased emotional expression, anhedonia and apathy; and cognitive impairment, including attention, memory and executive function deficits. Schizophrenia has a highly variable clinical course characterized by continuous or relapsing episodes of psychosis and hospitalizations, and outcomes range from complete recovery to long-term severe disability. The underlying causes of schizophrenia remain elusive, but the disorder is believed to arise from a combination of genetic, environmental and neurobiological factors. Psychotic features of schizophrenia typically emerge in adolescence or early adulthood, and life expectancy following diagnosis is substantially reduced relative to the general population. Schizophrenia is one of the most common psychotic disorders and affects over 20 million people globally, including more than 3 million people in the United States.

Treatment for schizophrenia typically involves antipsychotic medications and psychosocial interventions. Atypical antipsychotics represent the current standard of care and primarily exert their therapeutic effects by inhibiting the activity of dopamine D₂ receptors in the brain, though most also interact with other receptors (e.g., serotonin, histamine and adrenergic receptors). These dopaminergic antipsychotics are associated with significant

107

side effects, including the risk of serious movement disorders (e.g., tardive dyskinesia, akathisia, dystonia), metabolic abnormalities (e.g., weight gain, dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia), hyperprolactinemia, QTc prolongation and sedation. Furthermore, these medications are approved by the FDA only for the treatment of the positive symptoms of schizophrenia and do not address the negative symptoms nor cognitive impairment. It is estimated that approximately 30% of patients have no response to treatment and an estimated 30 to 60% of patients only have a partial or inadequate response to dopaminergic antipsychotics. A large meta-analysis of real-world usage of commonly prescribed dopaminergic antipsychotics showed that approximately 74% of patients discontinued treatment within 18 months due to undesirable side effects or lack of efficacy. There is an urgent unmet medical need for safe and effective new treatments that address the entire spectrum of symptoms associated with schizophrenia.

Overview of Alzheimer’s Disease Psychosis

Alzheimer’s disease, or AD, is a progressive and chronic neurodegenerative disease defined by memory and cognitive deterioration beyond normal aging that becomes severe enough to interfere with daily tasks. It is characterized by the loss of neurons and synapses in the cerebral cortex and certain subcortical regions. Neuropsychiatric symptoms and disorders are frequently observed with most patients living with AD. Psychotic symptoms, which are characterized by the presence of delusions and/or hallucinations, occur in approximately 40% of people with Alzheimer’s disease at some point during their illness and their likelihood increases as the disease progresses. Psychotic symptoms are associated with poorer disease outcomes, including high rates of institutionalization, more rapid cognitive and functional decline, and increased mortality rates.

There are currently no therapies approved for the treatment of ADP, although there is widespread use of off-label antipsychotics. A large meta-analysis showed that antipsychotics carry a risk of increased mortality in elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis, or DRP, including those with ADP (a subset of DRP). This meta-analysis resulted in the FDA issuance of a boxed warning in the labeling of another product for increased risk of mortality in elderly patients with DRP with antipsychotic usage. Furthermore, dopaminergic antipsychotics are also associated with the risk of serious side effects, including EPS, metabolic syndrome, cerebrovascular accidents, and falls. There is a significant unmet need for effective, safe, and well-tolerated treatments for ADP.

Muscarinic Receptors – Overview and Therapeutic Potential

Muscarinic receptors have emerged as potentially compelling therapeutic targets in recent years for treatment of psychosis and cognitive impairment in several neuropsychiatric disorders, including schizophrenia and ADP. Muscarinic receptors are a family of G protein-coupled receptors that are activated by the neurotransmitter acetylcholine. Muscarinic receptors serve several key physiological roles in cognitive, behavioral, sensory, motor and autonomic processes. There are five subtypes of muscarinic receptors (M₁-M₅), each with distinct regional distributions and functional roles. M₁ and M₄ receptor subtypes show the highest expression in brain where they localize to regions implicated in psychosis and cognitive impairment. Alterations in muscarinic receptors have been observed in post-mortem brain tissue from schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s patients.

The therapeutic effect of muscarinic receptor agonism in psychosis is thought to be mediated by M₁and M₄ receptors in the basal ganglia, prefrontal cortex and hippocampus. In the basal ganglia, the activation of M₁ and M₄ receptors is thought to counterbalance dopamine activity through the direct and indirect pathways, leading to a stronger reliance on external cues to shape reality, thereby reducing delusions, hallucinations and other symptoms of psychosis. In the prefrontal cortex and hippocampus, activation of M₁ receptors is thought to enhance the formation of a coherent and linear set of short- and long-term memories that underpins the perception of a stable reality.

Although activation of M₁ or M₄ alone has shown efficacy in animal models of psychosis at high doses, targeting both M₁ and M₄ is considered to be important for treating psychosis at clinically relevant doses. Targeting both M₁ and M₄ receptors is predicted to regulate basal ganglia circuitry synergistically and more

108

effectively than either receptor alone. Together, these multifaceted actions of muscarinic agonists offer the potential of treating psychosis without relying on direct dopamine receptor blockade, the mechanism theorized to drive many of the serious side effects of dopaminergic antipsychotics.

However, muscarinic receptors are also present in various peripheral tissues where acetylcholine plays a role in mediating involuntary muscle movements and glandular secretions. Agonism of peripheral muscarinic receptors could lead to procholinergic side effects, including vomiting, diarrhea and increased salivation and sweating. Despite the promising therapeutic benefit of targeting muscarinic receptors to treat psychosis and related behavioral symptoms in patients with schizophrenia and AD, historical efforts to develop muscarinic agonists have been challenged by the inability to achieve sufficient CNS exposures for efficacy without accompanying peripheral cholinergic side effects.

Two different, key strategies have emerged to reduce the peripheral side effects of muscarinic agonism: (1) combination of the muscarinic agonist with a peripheral antagonist and (2) receptor selectivity without pairing with a peripheral antagonist, each as described below.

M₁/M₄ Muscarinic Agonist Paired with Peripheral Antagonist:

The rationale for combining M₁/M₄ muscarinic agonist with a peripherally acting muscarinic antagonist is to enable sufficient agonist activity centrally to achieve efficacy while using an antagonist to mitigate peripheral procholinergic side effects.

KarXT, currently being developed and marketed as COBENFY by Bristol Myers Squibb, is a combination product consisting of xanomeline, an M₁/M₄ agonist, co-formulated with the peripherally acting muscarinic antagonist, trospium. COBENFY represents the first drug with a novel mechanism of action that has been approved by the FDA for the treatment of schizophrenia in decades. Multiple Phase 3 trials for KarXT are ongoing or planned for the treatment of ADP, Alzheimer’s disease cognition, Alzheimer’s disease agitation and bipolar disorder.

In Phase 2 and Phase 3 schizophrenia trials, patients treated with KarXT showed a statistically significant and clinically meaningful placebo-adjusted reduction in total PANSS score (both positive and negative symptoms independently) and clinician-rated improvements in symptoms. Furthermore, although exploratory analyses suggested a positive effect on cognition symptoms in patients with baseline cognitive impairment, these analyses were not adequately powered to fully assess statistical effect in these trials. Additionally, in these trials and other open-label extension, or OLE, trials, treatment with KarXT did not cause the serious side effects of EPS and metabolic disturbance traditionally associated with dopaminergic antipsychotics.

However, treatment with KarXT in these trials has been associated with both procholinergic (e.g., diarrhea, vomiting, nausea, hypersalivation, sweating) and anticholinergic (e.g., constipation, dry mouth, tachycardia, urinary retention) side effects. In Phase 1 trials in healthy adult and elderly participants, KarXT was associated with high rates of cholinergic adverse events, a meaningful portion of which were moderate adverse events. Similar rates and types of cholinergic adverse events were also reported in the Phase 2, Phase 3 and OLE studies for KarXT in schizophrenia patients.

Based on COBENFY’s dosing frequency, fasting requirements (taken at least 1 hour before or 2 hours after a meal), and extended titration period, we believe there is significant room for improvement for more convenient treatment options. According to the FDA prescribing label for schizophrenia, COBENFY is dosed twice daily and requires a 3-8 day titration period. In the currently ongoing Phase 3 ADEPT-2/3/4 studies for ADP, KarXT is dosed three times a day and requires a 5-week titration period. Finally, COBENFY is also contraindicated or not recommended in certain patients with hepatic and renal impairment.

Together, these findings suggest that further optimization is possible to address side effects and improve the therapeutic profile of the muscarinic class. We believe that synchronization of the PK of the agonist and

109

antagonist components of ML-007C-MA could result in mitigation of pro- and anticholinergic side effects, enabling enhanced tolerability and more convenient dosing, while achieving or exceeding CSF exposures expected to result in improvement across key symptom domains.

Receptor Selectivity Approach Without Paring with Peripheral Antagonist (e.g., M₄-only agonists):

This approach relies on sacrificing efficacy at the M₁ receptors with the goal of reducing peripheral procholinergic side effects. While product candidates relying on these approaches have demonstrated favorable safety, tolerability and dosing convenience, the efficacy of these programs in large randomized controlled trials has been negative, mixed or remains unknown. In addition, the lack of M₁ activity with these approaches suggests that they would not be expected to address the cognitive symptoms in either schizophrenia or Alzheimer’s disease.

Overview of Our Approach

We believe that the combination approach of activating both M₁ and M₄ muscarinic receptors in the CNS, paired with precision-matched antagonism of muscarinic receptors in the periphery, is the key to achieving the optimal therapeutic profile for the muscarinic agonist class. ML-007C-MA is designed to activate both M₁ and M₄ muscarinic receptors centrally to drive efficacy, while synchronizing the pharmacokinetics of the agonist and antagonist components to mitigate peripheral cholinergic side effects.

ML-007 Has Robust Activity at Both M₁ and M₄ Receptors

ML-007 is a brain-penetrant muscarinic M₁/M₄ agonist that has demonstrated strong activation of both M₁ and M₄ receptors across in vitro and in vivo preclinical studies.

In the GTPgS assay, which measures one of the signaling events proximal to receptor activation, ML-007 was a strong partial agonist at both the M₁ and M₄ receptors. In a head-to-head comparison, ML-007 demonstrated a greater than two-fold higher peak intrinsic activity relative to xanomeline in this assay (see Figure 3). Stronger agonism of ML-007 supports the potential for a wider range of agonist activity, requiring fewer ligand-receptor binding events, lower likelihood of acting as a functional antagonist at high concentrations, and a potential to improve specific symptoms that may require a higher level of activity for physiological response.

Figure 3: Relative Peak Intrinsic Activity at M₁ and M₄ Receptors for ML-007 and Xanomeline

LOGO

110

ML-007 has been evaluated in dose-response assays in multiple species and animal models that are predictive of muscarinic receptor activation, including hyperlocomotion, conditioned avoidance response, resident intruder, cognition and dyskinesia models. The pharmacodynamic activity of ML-007 in these animal studies was correlated with CSF exposures to define our target efficacious CSF concentration range of 14 to 27 ng/mL. To validate our target CSF concentration range, we benchmarked the in vivo pharmacodynamic activity and CSF exposures of ML-007 and xanomeline in these preclinical models. ML-007 has demonstrated approximately 10-fold greater potency by dose compared to xanomeline, as shown in head-to-head studies across multiple in vivo models, including amphetamine-induced hyperlocomotion, phencyclidine (PCP)-induced hyperlocomotion, and conditioned avoidance response.

The relevance of activity at M₁ and M₄ muscarinic receptors in reducing hyperlocomotion was also established with knockout mice in the amphetamine induced hyperlocomotion, or AIH, model for both ML-007 and xanomeline. These studies demonstrated that at clinically relevant doses, greater pharmacodynamic effects are observed with activation of both M₁ and M₄ receptors (wild type) compared to either receptor alone (M₁ or M₄ KO) for both ML-007 and xanomeline. These studies also demonstrated ML-007’s robust activity at both M₁ and M₄ receptors. Consistent with its stronger M₁ activity, ML-007 (but not xanomeline) improved both spatial and social memory in a mouse model of Alzheimer’s disease.

Favorable Physical / Chemical Properties for Combination Product

ML-007 is highly soluble, is quickly absorbed and distributed throughout the body and has low protein binding. In addition, it has demonstrated high oral bioavailability in animals and is not subject to substantial first-pass metabolism by the liver following absorption in the gastrointestinal tract. These physical and chemical properties have resulted in low inter-patient variability in exposure in clinical trials to date, which has allowed us to optimize the PK synchronization of the two components in the development and formulation of ML-007C-MA.

ML-007 activates muscarinic receptors in the brain, and like other muscarinic agonists, also engages muscarinic receptors in peripheral tissues. Activation of these peripheral receptors produces unwanted procholinergic effects, including nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, hypersalivation and increased sweating. Combining ML-007 with a precision-matched PAC is intended to mitigate these effects, while preserving the desired activity in the brain. To reliably block the peripheral activation of muscarinic receptors, the antagonist must have predictable PK, and its peripheral exposure should match the exposure of the agonist both temporally and quantitatively. Insufficient antagonist activity to neutralize agonist activity results in procholinergic side effects, whereas excessive antagonist activity results in anticholinergic side effects. We have selected fesoterodine as the PAC component based on its attractive physical and chemical properties (similar to ML-007) and predictable exposures. Fesoterodine is an FDA-approved PAC for the treatment of overactive bladder with symptoms of urinary incontinence, urgency and frequency. The PAC is highly soluble (> 50 mg/mL in water), has a half-life of five hours and a T_max of five to six hours with minimal drug-drug interaction liability. The favorable physical chemical properties of the PAC make it ideal for a combination product to enable precision matching of the PK profiles. In addition, the PAC has demonstrated low CNS permeability compared to other anticholinergics across in vitro and in vivo studies, which is further confirmed by the low rates of CNS-related AEs relative to placebo reported in prior clinical trials conducted by third parties. The low CNS penetration of the PAC was also confirmed in our dose-escalating animal studies, which demonstrated that plasma ratios of ML-007 to PAC greater than 80 resulted in no meaningful inhibition of ML-007’s central effects.

Synchronized Agonist / Antagonist Exposures

ML-007 alone, co-administered or co-formulated with PAC has been studied in four completed Phase 1 clinical trials, with 270 healthy participants enrolled and more than 1,500 doses of ML-007 administered. Our deliberate and methodical approach to the Phase 1 clinical development has allowed us to evaluate a broad range of doses and dose ratios of the combination to characterize the impact on safety and tolerability. The fixed dose

111

combination of ML-007C-MA is denoted as dose of ML-007 (in mg) in combination with dose of PAC (in mg) in subsequent sections.

Study 011, which enrolled 13 cohorts and evaluated 22 different dosing paradigms of immediate-release oral solution ML-007 alone and co-administered with oral solution PAC, explored a wide range of dosing ratios to attempt to optimize the peripheral side effect profile of the combination. PD measures of peripheral muscarinic activity, and in particular salivary volume changes, functioned as real-time markers in the refinement of ratios of ML-007 to PAC. Anticholinergic events (e.g., dry mouth, tachycardia, feeling hot, and dry eye) were most frequently observed at ML-007:PAC plasma exposure ratios less than 100:1, and procholinergic events (e.g., nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, hyperhidrosis, and hypersalivation) were more common at plasma ratios greater than 600:1. Together with an evaluation of tolerability, including cholinergic side effects and objective safety measures (e.g., heart rate, blood pressure and ECG findings), the analyses allowed for establishment of a target plasma ratio of ML-007:PAC of 100:1 to 600:1.

Study 012 evaluated escalating once-daily and twice-daily doses of extended-release ML-007, or ML-007 ER, co-administered with PAC ER at doses and ratios informed by the prior clinical trials. Although the release profiles of the two components were not fully optimized, the study demonstrated close PK synchronization of the two components. The observed and modeled ratio of the two components was tightly matched and remained within the target range throughout the duration of the dosing cycle.

Study 013 evaluated doses up to 210/3 mg twice daily (BID) and 330/6 mg once daily (QD) in single and multiple-dose paradigms. This was the first study to utilize the bi-layer, co-formulated tablet of ML-007C-MA, the same formulation that is currently under evaluation in our ongoing Phase 2 trials. The study demonstrated that after multiple BID and QD targeted doses in both healthy adults and healthy elderly participants, ML-007:PAC concentration ratios were maintained within the target range at steady state (see Figure 4 below) for the majority of the dosing period. In addition, the PK exposures at the target doses at steady state (Day 7) demonstrated low variability, with a coefficient of variation (CV) of approximately 30%.

In Study 012 and Study 013, the plasma ratios of ML-007 and PAC were maintained within this target range over the majority of the dosing period, which resulted in mitigation of clinically relevant procholinergic and anticholinergic peripheral side effects. For a further description of the design of our Phase 1 clinical trials, see “—ML-007C-MA Clinical Development History” below.

112

Figure 4: Matching of ML-007 and PAC Plasma Concentrations Demonstrated in Study 013

LOGO

Potential Advantages of Our Lead Product Candidate, ML-007C-MA

Based on the results of our preclinical and clinical studies to date, we believe that ML-007C-MA has demonstrated the potential to be differentiated across the following key domains:

•

Safety and Tolerability Profile: Precision matching of the peripheral exposures of the muscarinic agonist, ML-007, and PAC is designed to limit the pro- and anticholinergic side effects. ML-007C-MA was generally well tolerated in healthy adult and elderly participants at the doses being evaluated in the ongoing Phase 2 studies.

•

Ease of Use: In Study 013, ML-007C-MA was well tolerated with minimal titration and achieved CSF exposures above anticipated clinically relevant levels with once- or twice- daily dosing. In addition, the PK parameters in different food states showed that ML-007C-MA administration will not require a fasted state.

•

Therapeutic Benefit Across Key Symptom Domains: We believe that strong activation of both M₁ and M₄ receptors by ML-007C-MA has the potential to improve both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia. ML-007C-MA also offers the potential to reduce cognitive symptoms based on ML-007’s strong M₁ agonism shown in preclinical studies and provide cognitive benefit previously demonstrated by other muscarinic agonists in clinical trials.

Safety and Tolerability Profile

We have performed clinical PK / PD trials of ML-007 and the PAC along with formulation optimization to attempt to precisely match the peripheral exposures of the agonist and antagonist components of ML-007C-MA, which has shown favorable tolerability in healthy adult and elderly participants.

In Study 013, at steady state after multiple BID and QD doses of ML-007C-MA were administered in healthy adults and elderly participants, the plasma ML-007:PAC concentration ratios were maintained within the desired range over the majority of the dosing interval. In addition, the PK exposures at steady state demonstrated low inter- and intra-subject variability.

113

ML-007C-MA was generally well tolerated in healthy volunteers at the doses currently being evaluated in the ongoing Phase 2 trials. At these doses:

•

Most of the TEAEs observed were mild, transient and self-limiting in nature.

•

Low rates of moderate TEAEs were observed, and there were no serious or severe adverse events.

•

Most TEAEs were cholinergic in nature, and procholinergic events were reported more frequently than anticholinergic events.

•

No clinically meaningful changes in mean blood pressure were observed.

•

No clinically meaningful mean changes across any laboratory values, including liver enzyme levels, were observed.

The safety and tolerability profile observed in this trial supported advancing doses up to 210/3 mg BID and 330/6 mg QD for the Phase 2 ZEPHYR trial in schizophrenia and target doses up to 210/3 mg BID for the Phase 2 VISTA trial in ADP.

Ease of Use

Once- and Twice-Daily Dosing Expected

Bioanalysis of plasma and CSF samples that were collected throughout our Phase 1 development has allowed us to reliably model the CSF exposures for ML-007 based on plasma PK exposures. PK modeling of the observed plasma and CSF data in Study 013 was used to predict ML-007 CSF concentration profile at steady state for our target doses over the dosing interval. The target doses of 210/3 mg BID and 330/6 mg QD doses resulted in predicted CSF exposures at or above the target range for all or most of the dosing period, as shown in Figure 5.

Figure 5: Modeled CSF Exposures for ML-007 at the Phase 2 Target Doses

LOGO

Minimal Titration Requirements Expected

We have evaluated a number of titration regimens through our Phase 1 development. In Study 013, the target doses in healthy adults were better tolerated when preceded by a single lower titration dose. In this trial,

114

we also evaluated both a 2- and 7-day titration period in healthy elderly participants, demonstrating that both were tolerable. Our Phase 2 ZEPHYR trial for schizophrenia employs a single titration dose to reach the target maintenance dose for both BID and QD dosing regimens. Our Phase 2 VISTA trial for ADP employs a 1-week titration to reach the target maintenance dose.

No Fasting Requirements Expected

In Study 013, we explored dosing in healthy participants under fasted and fed conditions. ML-007C-MA was well tolerated in fed and fasted conditions, but tolerability was improved when administered in the fed conditions. ML-007 PK exposures were higher in the fed conditions compared with the fasted condition while there was no food effect on the PAC PK. Between low-calorie/low-fat and high-calorie/high-fat conditions, the PK exposures for both ML-007 and PAC were comparable. In the ongoing Phase 2 trials, ML-007C-MA will be dosed proximal to a meal.

Therapeutic Benefit Across Key Symptom Domains

Both M₁ and M₄ Receptors Played Significant Roles in the Reduction of Symptoms in the Amphetamine-Induced Hyperlocomotion Model

Activation of both M₁ and M₄ receptors has been proposed to alleviate psychotic behaviors. To test which receptors contribute to the therapeutic effects of ML-007 and xanomeline in the AIH model, both drugs were evaluated in wild-type M₁ knockout, or M1KO, and M₄ knockout, or M4KO, mice. This study demonstrated that activation of both M₁ and M₄ receptors is required for antipsychotic activity of ML-007 and xanomeline in the AIH model. At high doses, M₁ or M₄ activation by ML-007 was sufficient to reverse amphetamine-induced hyperlocomotion (see Figure 6). Xanomeline did not reach full activity with M₁ activation alone. Importantly, ML-007 showed a slight M₁ bias whereas xanomeline showed a slight M₄ bias, suggesting that in addition to having strong antipsychotic activity, ML-007 may have additional potential to treat M₁-dependent deficits such as cognition.

Figure 6: Pharmacodynamic Effects of ML-007 and Xanomeline in WT, M1KO and M4KO AIH Models

LOGO

ML-007 Improved Memory in a Mouse Model of Alzheimer’s Disease

To evaluate the pro-cognitive effects of ML-007 and to compare its activity with xanomeline in a head-to-head study, mice with impaired memory (in a model of Alzheimer’s disease) were given each drug separately

115

and assessed in one of two tasks: a Y-maze spatial reference memory assay (see Figure 7, left) or a social memory assay (see Figure 7, right). Equipotent doses of ML-007 and xanomeline were chosen based on their similar effects on locomotion. Treatment with ML-007 significantly improved spatial memory in the Y-maze, improving discrimination between familiar and novel spaces, whereas xanomeline did not improve memory performance. In the social memory test, ML-007, unlike xanomeline, enhanced the memory of a familiar mouse, relative to a novel mouse and the test mouse spent more time with the novel mouse. Taken together, these data support the conclusion that ML-007 exerted pro-cognitive effects in an animal model with memory impairment.

Figure 7: Observed Improved Spatial Memory and Social Memory Following ML-007 Administration

LOGO

ML-007C-MA Clinical Development History

We have completed four Phase 1 clinical trials with ML-007 alone, co-administered or co-formulated with PAC, with 270 healthy participants enrolled and more than 1,500 doses administered. These trials allowed for the establishment of well-tolerated dosing regimens expected to provide adequate CNS exposure of ML-007 while mitigating the peripheral cholinergic AEs. See Figure 8 below for the Phase 1 development history.

116

Figure 8: Summary of Phase 1 Clinical Trials

LOGO

Study 013

Our most-recent Study ML-007C-MA-013, or Study 013, was a single-center Phase 1, 4-cohort study to evaluate the safety, tolerability, and PK of ML-007C-MA under fasted versus fed conditions, with single and multiple doses of ML-007C-MA in healthy adult participants and multiple doses of ML-007C-MA in healthy elderly participants. In addition, this study explored the safety and tolerability of higher doses of ML-007 than previously tested, and whether titration had an impact on safety and tolerability.

•

Cohort 1 included dosing of a single ML-007C-MA dose of 165/3 mg in 10 healthy adult participants under fasted and fed conditions.

•

Cohort 2 evaluated escalating doses of ML-007C-MA up to 210/3 mg BID and 330/6 mg QD in 8 healthy adult participants.

•

Cohorts 3 and 4 evaluated ML-007C-MA and placebo in healthy adult (Cohort 3) and healthy elderly (Cohort 4) participants in a multi-dose paradigm with a 7-day treatment at target maintenance dose. In each cohort, 32 participants were enrolled with 8 participants in each dosing group, 2 of whom were randomized to receive placebo.

In Cohort 1, ML-007 PK exposures were higher in the fed conditions compared with that in the fasted condition, while there was no food effect on the PAC PK. Between low-calorie/low-fat and high-calorie/high-fat conditions, the PK exposures for both ML-007 and PAC were comparable. ML-007C-MA was well tolerated in fed and fasted conditions, but tolerability was improved when administered in the fed conditions.

In Cohort 2, ascending doses of up to 210/3 mg BID and 330/6 mg QD were considered safe and well tolerated. Tolerability of 210/3 mg was improved when a single lower titration dose was administered 12 hours prior.

In Cohort 3, maintenance doses of 165/3 mg BID, 210/3 mg BID, 270/6 mg QD, and 330/6 mg QD were evaluated in healthy adult participants. Titration regimens of one dose to four days of dosing were assessed. All four dosing regimens of ML-007C-MA were well tolerated during titration and for the full 7-day maintenance dosing duration. Most TEAEs were mild and no severe or serious TEAEs were observed. Most TEAEs were cholinergic in nature, and procholinergic events were reported more frequently than anticholinergic events. The types of TEAEs, their incidence and intensity did not worsen with multiple days of dosing. At these doses, the most common non-procedural TEAEs (occurring in more than one participant in any ML-007C-MA group and at a greater incidence than placebo) during maintenance dosing were chills, constipation, dizziness, dyspepsia, headache, hyperhidrosis, nausea, salivary hypersecretion, and vomiting.

117

At the target doses selected for the ongoing Phase 2 ZEPHYR trial in schizophrenia, the most common non-procedural TEAEs (occurring in more than 1 participant in any ML-007C-MA group and at a greater incidence than placebo) during maintenance dosing are shown in Figure 9. At these target doses during the maintenance dosing period, no episodes of vomiting or constipation were reported. In addition, there were no episodes of anticholinergic TEAEs.

Figure 9: Summary of TEAEs Observed in >1 Participant During the 7-Day Maintenance Dose Period at Target Doses Selected for Ongoing Phase 2 ZEPHYR Trial in Schizophrenia

LOGO

In Cohort 4, maintenance doses of 165/3 mg BID, 210/3 mg BID and 330/6 mg QD were evaluated in healthy elderly participants. Titration regimens of 2 days and 7 days were assessed. The titration dose of 105/1.5 mg BID and maintenance doses of 165/3 mg BID and 210/3 mg BID were well tolerated. However, the maintenance dose of 330/6 mg QD was not well tolerated. Most TEAEs across the cohort were mild and there were no severe or serious TEAEs. Most TEAEs were cholinergic in nature, and procholinergic events were reported more frequently than anticholinergic events.

In healthy elderly participants who received BID dosing regimens up to 210/3 mg, the most frequently reported non-procedural TEAEs (occurring in more than one participant in any ML-007C-MA BID group and at a greater incidence than placebo) during maintenance dosing were abnormal feces, hyperhidrosis, nausea, feeling hot, upper abdominal pain, dizziness, headache, penile burning sensation, and tremor. In elderly adults who received QD 330/6 mg, which was not considered well tolerated, the most frequently reported non-procedural TEAEs during maintenance dosing were nausea, dizziness, headache, tremor, hyperhidrosis, salivary hypersecretion, vomiting, chills, fatigue, malaise, increased blood pressure and decreased appetite.

At the target dose selected for the ongoing Phase 2 trial in ADP, the most common non-procedural TEAEs (occurring in more than one participant in any ML-007C-MA group and at a greater incidence than placebo) during maintenance dosing are shown in Figure 10. At the target dose during the maintenance dosing period, only one episode of vomiting and one episode of constipation were reported. In addition, there were low rates of anticholinergic TEAEs, including no episodes of urinary retention.

118

Figure 10: Summary of TEAEs Observed in >2 Participants During the 7-Day Maintenance Dose Period at Target Dose Selected for Ongoing Phase 2 VISTA Trial in ADP

LOGO

Transient dose-dependent mean increases in heart rate, or HR, were observed with ML 007C-MA. However, the magnitude of the increase was generally smaller in elderly adults relative to non-elderly adults. Increased HR has been previously reported for the PAC as a single agent or in other muscarinic agonist programs. There were no clinically meaningful mean changes across any laboratory values. There were no other clinically meaningful changes in vital signs and physical examination findings.

Across all cohorts, the PK of ML-007 and PAC were approximately linear and the PK exposure was not affected by different dose combinations. The steady-state ML-007:PAC concentration ratios after multiple repeated BID or QD dosing generally remained within the desired range of 100:1 to 600:1 over the majority of the dosing interval. In addition, the ML-007 CSF concentration was maintained at or above the predicted efficacious CSF levels as defined by preclinical studies. As a result, we determined the safety and PK observations in ML-007C-MA supported advancing target doses in Phase 2 studies of up to 210/3 mg BID and 330/6 mg QD in non-elderly adult participants and target doses of up to 210/3 mg BID in elderly participants.

Additional Previous Phase 1 Trials

Study 001

Study ML-007-001, or Study 001, was a randomized, placebo-controlled Phase 1 first-in-human, single-ascending dose, or SAD, trial that evaluated the PK, safety and tolerability of ML-007 oral solution in 58 healthy adult participants across two groups.

•

Group 1 received ML-007 only, with cohorts receiving escalating single doses (0.8 mg, 2.5 mg, 8.2 mg, 16 mg, 32 mg and 49 mg) until a maximum tolerated dose, or MTD, was reached.

•

Group 2 received 6 mg PAC ER or matched placebo administered 4 hours before 32 mg ML-007 (in an effort to match the T_max of the two drugs).

The resulting data indicated that ML-007 was generally well tolerated when administered alone up to the MTD of 32 mg. At the ML-007 dose of 32 mg, a CSF concentration of 50 ng/mL was reached around the time of C_max, which exceeded the target-estimated, minimum-efficacious CSF level of 20 ng/mL based on animal studies. Review of data from study Group 2 indicated that predosing with 6 mg of PAC reduced procholinergic effects and improved the tolerability of a single dose of ML-007.

119

Study 011

Study ML-007-011, or Study 011, was a Phase 1 randomized, three-part SAD/multiple ascending dose, or MAD, trial evaluating the safety, tolerability and PK of ML-007 (oral solution) with and without PAC (oral solution) in 106 healthy adults and elderly adult participants.

The three-part trial was designed to evaluate the relative dose and timing of PAC co-treatment required to ameliorate ML-007-associated cholinergic effects in healthy adult participants (Part 1); to evaluate the multiple-dose safety and tolerability of ML-007 oral solution in combination with PAC oral solution in healthy adult participants (Part 2); and to evaluate the multiple-dose safety and tolerability of ML-007 oral solution in combination with PAC oral solution in healthy elderly participants (Part 3).

In this trial, we found that single doses of ML-007 oral solution up to and including 164 mg (which is approximately five times the single agent MTD) were well tolerated with the co-administration of PAC oral solution. An intolerable dose was not reached when ML-007 was co-administered with the PAC. Multiple doses of ML-007 up to and including 111 mg co-administered with PAC were well tolerated in a multiple-dosing regimen of five days to seven days in healthy adult and elderly participants, respectively.

Most TEAEs were mild and self-limited in nature and there were no serious adverse events, or SAEs. At fixed single doses of ML-007, TEAE rates declined when the PAC dose was reduced, and a more optimal ratio of pro- and anticholinergic components was achieved. The type, severity, and duration of TEAEs experienced by the healthy elderly participants were similar to those experienced by non-elderly adults.

Study 012

Study ML-007-012, or Study 012, was the first trial to assess the ER ML-007 formulation. It was a two-part, single-center, non-randomized, open-label Phase 1 trial of ML-007 ER administered with or without PAC ER in 24 healthy adult participants. The two-part trial was designed to evaluate the safety, tolerability and PK of single escalating doses of ML-007 ER (with and without PAC ER) and to compare ML-007 solution with ML-007 ER under fed or fasted conditions (Part 1); to evaluate the safety, tolerability and PK of escalating doses of ML-007 ER administered BID with PAC ER (Part 2); and to assess the intended relevant clinical dosing strategy for future trials.

The two-part trial design included:

•

Part 1, comprised of two cohorts with eight non-elderly adult participants per cohort (total n=16), with escalation of QD doses up to 250 mg ML-007 ER with PAC ER.

•

Part 2, comprised of one cohort with eight non-elderly adult participants (n=8), with escalation of BID doses up to 165 mg ML-007 ER with PAC ER.

The results of Study 012 demonstrated that ML-007 ER administered with or without PAC ER was generally well tolerated. AEs were infrequent, and AE rates were lower than those observed with ML-007 oral solution. All TEAEs observed were mild in severity. There were no moderate or severe AEs with the ER formulation, and no SAEs or deaths. BID dosing did not result in higher rates of TEAEs than once-daily dosing and there were no new TEAEs observed, when compared with previous TEAE profiles associated with ML-007 oral solution administration.

This trial also assessed the safety, tolerability and PK of a novel, orally dissolving tablet, or ODT, formulation of ML-007 previously being developed for as-needed use in several conditions. The observed data with the ODT formulation was similar to that with oral solution, consistent with its similar PK.

120

Our Ongoing Clinical Development

Phase 2 ZEPHYR Study for Schizophrenia

We have initiated a double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of ML-007C-MA in hospitalized adult patients with a schizophrenia diagnosis who are experiencing an acute exacerbation of psychotic symptoms. We anticipate enrolling 300 participants in this trial across multiple sites throughout the United States. Patients are randomized 1:1:1 to receive either placebo, ML-007C-MA 210/3mg BID, or ML-007C-MA 330/6mg QD.

Ongoing antipsychotics, if applicable, will be discontinued during the screening period. After the wash-out period, participants will receive a single titration dose of ML-007C-MA 105/3mg (or placebo) before receiving the maintenance dose (or placebo). Participants will be permitted a one-time dose reduction from their target dose, if needed, to address tolerability issues. Participants requiring a dose reduction will remain on the reduced dose for the remainder of the study.

The primary efficacy endpoint will be change in total PANSS score from baseline to week 5. Additional key secondary endpoints include changes in the clinical global impression scores and PANSS Marder factor scores. Our multi-pronged approach to study design and conduct to mitigate potential placebo response in the study includes strategic site selection, rigorous patient eligibility review, in-house data monitoring and quality oversight directed by our team.

We expect to report topline results from this study in the second half of 2026.

Figure 11: Phase 2 ZEPHYR Trial Design

LOGO

Phase 2 VISTA Trial for ADP

We have initiated a double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of ML-007C-MA for the treatment of hallucinations and delusions associated with ADP. We anticipate enrolling 300 participants in this trial globally. Participants are randomized 1:1 to receive either placebo or ML-007C-MA 210/3 mg BID.

Eligible participants will begin dosing with titration dose of ML-007C-MA 105/1.5mg (or placebo) for one week before receiving the maintenance dose (or placebo). Participants will be permitted a one-time dose reduction to the reduced dose, if needed, to address tolerability issues. Participants requiring a dose reduction will remain on the reduced dose for the remainder of the study.

121

The primary efficacy endpoint will be change in NPI-C H+D score from baseline to week 7. Additional secondary endpoints include changes in the clinical global impression scores and NPI-C agitation and aggression scores.

We expect to report topline results from this study in the second half of 2027.

Figure 12: Phase 2 VISTA Trial Design

LOGO

ML-007C-MA Commercial Opportunity

We believe the commercial potential for ML-007C-MA, if approved, in schizophrenia or ADP is substantial given prevalence of the conditions, severity of unmet medical need and the chronic nature of both conditions.

Schizophrenia is one of the most common psychotic disorders and affects over 20 million people globally, including more than 3 million people in the United States. Schizophrenia remains one of the leading causes of disability and is associated with an increased risk for premature mortality. Atypical antipsychotics are the current standard of care and primarily exert their therapeutic effects by inhibiting the activity of dopamine D₂ receptors in the brain. These dopaminergic antipsychotics are associated with risk of highly morbid side effects of extra pyramidal symptoms, or EPS (e.g., dystonia, akathisia, tardive dyskinesia), metabolic abnormalities (e.g., weight gain, dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia), hyperprolactinemia, QTc prolongation and sedation. Furthermore, these medications are FDA approved only for the treatment of the positive symptoms of schizophrenia and do not address the negative symptoms nor the cognitive impairment associated with the condition. However, approximately 30% of schizophrenia patients have no response and 30 to 60% of patients only have a partial or inadequate response to dopaminergic antipsychotics. A large meta-analysis of real-world usage of commonly prescribed dopaminergic antipsychotics in chronic schizophrenia patients showed that approximately 74% of patients discontinued treatment within 18 months due to undesirable side effects or lack of efficacy.

ADP represents a significant unmet need, as approximately 40% of the approximately 7 million people in the United States living with Alzheimer’s disease also experience symptoms of psychosis. These symptoms are associated with a worsened prognosis and are predictive of earlier progression to nursing home care, severe dementia and death. There are currently no therapies approved for the treatment of ADP, although there is

122

widespread use of off-label dopaminergic antipsychotics. However, based on a meta-analysis, the efficacy of these medications for ADP is modest at best. Furthermore, dopaminergic antipsychotics are associated with significant side effects, including extrapyramidal symptoms, metabolic syndrome, cerebrovascular accidents, falls and increased mortality risk in elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis.

Global annual sales of antipsychotic therapies are projected to grow from approximately $14 billion in 2024 to over $20 billion by 2030. Despite the introduction of numerous agents over the past two decades, innovation beyond the first-generation antipsychotics from the 1950s has been incremental. Multiple branded antipsychotic medicines launched within this treatment landscape have achieved global annual sales greater than $5 billion, even with the widespread availability of generic alternatives. Notably, most of the recent market entrants within the same class have achieved meaningful commercial adoption by offering improved safety and tolerability profiles. While approved muscarinic agonists and those currently in clinical development remain an emerging class, historical precedents in neuropsychiatry suggests new entrants can displace market incumbents and garner larger market shares, particularly within the antipsychotics class. If approved, we intend to initially launch ML-007C-MA commercially in the United States and other key geographies.

The antipsychotic class receives substantial support from governmental agencies because of both the unmet medical need and significant societal impact. Medicaid and Medicare are the predominant payers in the United States, and patient protections are in place for patients under Medicare and, in some states, Medicaid. Antipsychotics are one of the six protected classes of medications for which open access is mandated, except in limited circumstances, for Medicare Part D patients by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, under federal law.

ML-004 for the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder

Our second product candidate, ML-004, is a 5-HT_1B/1D agonist that we are developing for the treatment of social communication deficit and/or irritability in ASD. Historical clinical development efforts for ASD have been challenging given the biological heterogeneity of symptoms across age, developmental level and sex, and the lack of validated outcome measures. There are currently no FDA-approved therapies for the core symptoms of ASD, social communication deficit and repetitive/restricted behavior. The only two therapies approved for ASD-associated irritability are atypical antipsychotics, which are associated with serious side effects. ML-004 is an IR/ER formulation of zolmitriptan. We are currently conducting IRIS, a Phase 2 trial to evaluate the efficacy of ML-004 for the improvement of social communication deficits in patients with ASD. Change from baseline in irritability symptoms is a secondary endpoint. We expect to report topline results from this trial in the second half of 2026. Based on the results from the IRIS trial, we intend to explore potential strategies for further development of ML-004.

Overview of Autism Spectrum Disorder

ASD is a neurodevelopmental condition characterized by the core features of impaired social communication and restricted / repetitive thoughts and behaviors. In addition to the core symptoms of the disorder, many individuals with ASD experience high rates of comorbid neurobehavioral symptoms, including irritability and aggression (in approximately 25% of ASD patients), hyperactivity and mood lability. Greater impairments in social communication are associated with higher rates of these maladaptive behaviors and decreased social functioning. The prevalence of ASD has been steadily increasing, and approximately 1.8 million U.S. children and adolescents ages 3-17 and over five million adults in the United States are living with ASD. ASD is associated with higher health care and school costs, increased caregiver burden and loss of caregiver income and substantial functional, occupational and quality-of-life impacts to patients and families affected by the condition.

There are no FDA-approved pharmaceutical treatments for the core symptoms of ASD. The only widely accepted intervention with supportive clinical evidence is long-term behavioral therapy, for up to 30-40 hours per

123

week, which can place substantial burdens on families and reduce the amount of school time available to children. The atypical antipsychotics, risperidone and aripiprazole, are approved by the FDA to treat irritability symptoms associated with ASD. However, both have potentially serious side effects, including increased appetite, weight gain, fatigue, EPS, metabolic changes (hyperglycemia, diabetes mellitus and dyslipidemia), hyperprolactinemia, somnolence and sedation. Additionally, both drugs are ineffective in treating the core social features of the disorder and symptoms often return when the drug is discontinued. The need to find effective treatments to address ASD’s core and associated symptoms, therefore, remains significant.

Our Product Candidate, ML-004

ML-004 is an IR/ER oral tablet formulation of the 5-HT_1B/1D agonist, zolmitriptan, intended for once-daily dosing for the chronic treatment of social communication deficits and behaviors associated with ASD. Zolmitriptan has been commercially available since 1997 for the as-needed treatment of migraine headache. More than 25 million prescriptions have been filled for zolmitriptan in the United States since its launch.

Rationale for 5-HT_1B Receptor Agonism for the Treatment of Sociability and Irritability in ASD

Our rationale for this program is built upon the historical association between dysregulated serotonin and ASD pathology. More recent evidence establishing the role of 5-HT_1B receptor activation in sociability was generated through experiments in which blocking 5-HT_1Breceptors disrupted social reward. These findings were further supported by our preclinical work demonstrating that 5-HT_1B agonists increased sociability in ASD models and decreased aggression.

Optogenetic experiments have demonstrated that activating the serotonin circuit from the dorsal raphe nucleus, or DRN, to the NAc could increase sociability. Conversely, suppressing this serotonin circuit using an inhibitory opsin decreased sociability. In mouse models of ASD, including the 16p11 syntenic deletion model, that show baseline decreases in social behavior, activation of the DRN to NAc circuit significantly increased social interaction, an effect that was blocked by a 5-HT_1B antagonist.

An additional set of findings independently established that 5-HT_1B activation can increase sociability. This finding emerged from work aimed at identifying circuit biology responsible for MDMA’s known pro-social effects. MDMA is an illicit drug known to cause profound feelings of social connectedness and empathy in humans. In animal models, it was shown that mice treated with MDMA demonstrated dose-dependent increases in social behavior. This increase in sociability was blocked by infusing a 5-HT_1B blocker into the NAc, indicating that 5-HT_1B receptors located in the NAc are necessary for the pro-social benefits of MDMA.

Our Preclinical Studies

Based on these findings, we hypothesized that a selective 5-HT_1B agonist could increase sociability, replicating the pro-social effects of MDMA without the addictive liability. We chose the approved brain-penetrant 5-HT_1B/1D agonist zolmitriptan and demonstrated that it could reproduce the pro-social effects of both MDMA and the optogenetic activation of the DRN to NAc circuit in animal models. Zolmitriptan (marketed as ZOMIG) is commonly used in low doses as an as-needed treatment for migraine headache, and as such, its IR safety profile has been well established. However, for chronic treatment of social communication deficits and irritability, a different formulation is required. ML-004 is an IR/ER oral tablet designed for chronic use at higher doses than those previously approved, prompting additional studies to establish safety, tolerability and PK prior to Phase 2 efficacy trials.

To evaluate zolmitriptan’s potential therapeutic impact in treating sociability and irritability in ASD, we conducted five in vivo animal studies: one study to evaluate effects on locomotion to serve as a PD endpoint and four studies to evaluate effect of zolmitriptan on sociability and aggression in ASD models. These studies demonstrated consistent, statistically significant improvements in sociability and aggression. Our preclinical studies utilized commercially available zolmitriptan.

124

In one of our in vivo studies, we evaluated the effect of zolmitriptan on sociability in the mouse valproic acid, or VPA, model of autism. In both animals and humans, prenatal VPA is known to increase the risk for ASD in offspring. Mice born to mothers treated prenatally with VPA show a higher rate of social deficit. Administration of zolmitriptan at a dose of 10 mg/kg significantly reversed the social deficit in these mice.

We conducted a preclinical study to evaluate the effect of zolmitriptan on sociability in a second model of autism, the CNTNAP2 knock out, or KO, mouse line. Neurobiological, genetic and imaging data provide evidence for the CNTNAP2 gene as a risk factor for ASD and related neurodevelopmental disorders. As with the VPA-treated mouse model, treatment with zolmitriptan 10 mg/kg significantly improved the social deficit phenotype in CNTNAP2 KO mice.

Our Clinical Trials of ML-004

We have formulated ML-004 for chronic use at higher doses than approved doses for zolmitriptan and have conducted two Phase 1 trials for our ML-004 program to evaluate safety, tolerability and PK. Based on the results of the Phase 1 trials, we are currently conducting a Phase 2 trial in ASD patients to evaluate the safety and efficacy of ML-004 compared with placebo in the improvement of social communication deficits and expect to report results in the second half of 2026.

Phase 1 Trial MAP-ZOL-HV-001

We completed a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled MAD PK Phase 1 trial that evaluated high-dose IR zolmitriptan oral formulation in a total of 40 healthy adult volunteer participants randomized into five ascending dose study drug cohorts of 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg and 40 mg, or placebo dosed three times a day, or TID. The dosing regimen included a two-day to four-day ‘up-titration period’ followed by a seven-day ‘treatment period’ at the targeted treatment dose, followed by a two-day to five-day ‘down-titration’ period.

In this Phase 1 trial, the most common AEs in participants on zolmitriptan were headache, dizziness, nausea and hiccups. These AEs occurred at a higher frequency in Cohort 5 (40 mg TID). Most AEs were mild. There were no SAEs. There were no clinically significant or dose-responsive changes in mean QTc.

Phase 1 Trial ML-004-ER-001

We completed an open-label bioavailability and PK Phase 1 trial that evaluated ML-004 as a zolmitriptan bi-layer IR/ER gastroretentive 24 mg oral tablet formulation (6 mg IR/18 mg ER) in a total of 12 healthy adult participants under fasted and fed conditions. The dosing regimen included 20 mg of zolmitriptan IR on Day 1, 24 mg of ML-004 under fasted conditions on Day 2 and 24 mg of ML-004 under fed conditions on Day 4.

In the trial, a single dose of ML-004 24 mg in healthy adult participants resulted in a prolonged absorption phase and reduced C_max compared to IR zolmitriptan. Based on these results, modeled data suggested that ML-004 48 mg and 72 mg would result in target plasma exposure based on preclinical efficacy models for approximately 12-15 hours, respectively.

In the trial, zolmitriptan IR and ML-004 24 mg were generally well tolerated, and AEs were less common with ML-004 dosing than with IR zolmitriptan dosing. All TEAEs were non-serious and mild to moderate. All participants completed the trial, and no participants discontinued or interrupted trial treatment due to AEs.

Ongoing Phase 2 Trial

Our Phase 2 IRIS trial is an ongoing multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial expected to enroll an aggregate of approximately 150 adolescent (age 12-17) and adult (age 18-45) participants with ASD to evaluate the efficacy of ML-004 compared with placebo in the improvement of core social

125

communication deficits. The trial employs a flexible dosing paradigm (target maintenance doses of ML-004 include 24 mg, 48 mg and 72 mg), and the primary endpoint (change from baseline to the end of the maintenance dosing on the Autism Behavior Inventory, Social Communication Domain Score) is assessed after 12 weeks of maintenance dosing. A key secondary endpoint includes the change from baseline on the Aberrant Behavior Checklist-Irritability, or ABC-I, for patients whose ABC-I score at baseline represented moderate or greater irritability.

Following completion of the antecedent IRIS trial, patients are eligible to participate in an active 52-week open-label extension trial designed to assess the long-term safety of ML-004 administration.

The Phase 2 IRIS trial is currently enrolling participants in Australia, Canada and the United States. We expect to report topline results from the Phase 2 IRIS trial in the second half of 2026. Based on the results from the Phase 2 trial, we intend to explore and assess potential strategies for further development of ML-004.

Preclinical Programs

ML-021

ML-021 is designed as an antagonist selectively targeting the muscarinic M₄ receptor, which is highly expressed in direct pathway neurons of the striatum. Loss of striatal dopamine in Parkinson’s disease results in an increase in striatal acetylcholine, which activates M₄ receptors on direct pathway neurons and is predicted to reduce their activity and contribute to motor deficits in Parkinson’s disease. Anticholinergic agents have been used for decades to treat Parkinson’s disease, but their utility is limited by antagonist activity at M₁ receptors that is linked to adverse effects including cognitive impairment, psychosis, and constipation. Selective antagonism of the M₄ receptor is predicted to increase the activity of the direct pathway and improve motor symptoms in Parkinson’s disease without the unwanted side effects associated with M₁ antagonism. This mechanism is supported by optogenetic experiments in which activation of the direct pathway enhanced movement and rescued motor deficits in Parkinson’s disease. Using tool compounds targeting this receptor, as well as our clinical candidate ML-021, we have shown significant improvements in motor deficits in animal models of Parkinson’s disease. We have conducted multiple preclinical in vitro and in vivo studies using ML-021 and expect to complete IND-enabling studies in the second half of 2026.

ML-009

ML-009 is designed as a PAM targeting G-protein-coupled receptor 52, or GPR52, which we are developing for the treatment of impulsivity, hyperactivity, and agitation across a range of CNS disorders. GPR52 is an orphan receptor that is selectively expressed in the indirect pathway neurons of the striatum, where it regulates neuronal function through activation of cAMP-dependent pathways. GPR52 is colocalized with dopamine D₂ receptors, which are the primary target of antipsychotics. Activation of GPR52 opposes the actions of D₂ receptors and increases the activity of indirect pathway striatal neurons. In preclinical studies, GPR52 activation reduced stimulant-induced hyperactivity, impulsivity and aggression, without causing catalepsy. Using our internal medicinal chemistry, we have identified multiple novel product candidates that are selective, orally bioavailable positive modulator of GPR52. We have conducted multiple preclinical in vitro and in vivo studies using multiple product candidates and expect to nominate a preclinical candidate to advance to IND-enabling studies in 2026.

Intellectual Property

Overview of our Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection of intellectual property, particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to product candidates and technology that are important to our business. We are actively building our intellectual property portfolio around our product

126

candidates and discovery programs and have developed numerous patents and patent applications and possess substantial know-how and trade secrets relating to the development and commercialization of our neuropsychiatric product candidates. In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business for which we do not consider patent protection appropriate. For information regarding risks related to our intellectual property, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

As of June 30, 2025, our patent estate contains approximately 60 issued patents and pending patent applications directed to our product candidates and certain of our proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements. In the United States, we own four issued patents, three pending non-provisional patent applications, and one pending provisional patent application. We also own two pending Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, applications. In jurisdictions outside of the United States, we own approximately 50 pending patent applications that, in some cases, are counterparts to the foregoing U.S. patents and patent applications.

Our patent portfolio includes protection for our lead clinical stage product candidates ML-007C-MA and ML-004, as well as our preclinical stage candidate ML-009. With respect to ML-007C-MA, ML-004 and ML-009, our patent estate as of June 30, 2025, is summarized below.

ML-007C-MA

As of June 30, 2025, we own three issued U.S. patents covering the composition of matter of ML-007 and one issued U.S. patent covering the use of ML-007 to treat, among other things, schizophrenia and ADP. The issued patents covering the composition of matter of ML-007 are expected to expire between 2031 and 2032, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity, and the issued patent covering the use of ML-007 to treat schizophrenia and ADP is expected to expire in 2031, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity. We also own one pending U.S. application and 16 pending foreign applications (in Australia, Bahrain, Canada, China, the EPO, Eurasia, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Kuwait, Mexico, New Zealand, Oman, Singapore and the United Arab Emirates) directed to the combination of ML-007 and a PAC to treat, among other things, schizophrenia and ADP. Any patents issuing from these applications, if granted, will be expected to expire in 2042, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity. We also own one pending Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, application directed to pharmaceutical compositions containing ML-007 and a PAC, and the use of such pharmaceutical compositions, to treat, among other things, schizophrenia and ADP. Any patents issuing from this PCT application, if granted, will be expected to expire in 2044, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity. Additionally, we own one pending U.S. provisional application covering salts and crystalline polymorphs of ML-007. Any patents issuing from patent applications that claim priority to this provisional application, if granted, will be expected to expire in 2045, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity.

ML-004

As of June 30, 2025, we own one pending U.S. application and 13 pending foreign applications (in Australia, Canada, China, the EPO, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, the Russian Federation, Singapore and South Africa) directed to the use of ML-004 to treat, among other things, the symptoms of ASD. Any patents issuing from these pending patent applications, if granted, will be expected to expire in 2040, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity. We also own one pending U.S. application and 21 pending foreign applications (in Australia, Bahrain, Brazil, Canada, China, the EPO, Hong Kong, Israel, India, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Kuwait, Mexico, New Zealand, Oman, Qatar, the Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa and the United Arab Emirates) directed to our IR/ER oral ML-004 compositions and their use to treat the symptoms of ASD. Any patents issuing from these pending patent applications, if granted, will be expected to expire in 2042, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity.

127

ML-009

As of June 30, 2025, we own one pending PCT application directed to small molecule GPR52 agonists. Any patents issuing from this PCT application will be expected to expire in 2044, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity.

Patents

Individual patents have terms for varying periods depending on the date of filing of the patent application or the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. Generally, utility patents issued for applications filed in the United States are granted a term of 20 years from the earliest effective filing date of a non-provisional patent application. The duration of foreign patents varies in accordance with provisions of applicable local law, but typically is also 20 years from the earliest effective filing date. With regard to our U.S. provisional patent applications, if we do not file any corresponding non-provisional patent applications within 12 months of the provisional patent application filing date, we may lose our priority date with respect to our provisional patent applications and any patent protection on the inventions disclosed in our provisional patent applications. All taxes, annuities or maintenance fees for a patent, as required by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and certain foreign jurisdictions, must be timely paid in order for the patent to remain in force during this period of time.

The actual protection afforded by a patent may vary on a product-by-product basis, from country to country and can depend upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions and the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent. Our patents and patent applications may be subject to procedural or legal challenges by others. We may be unable to obtain, maintain and protect the intellectual property rights necessary to conduct our business, and we may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, which could materially harm our business. For more information, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Trademarks, Trade Secrets and Proprietary Information

In addition to patents, we rely on trademarks, trade secrets, and know-how relating to our proprietary technology and programs, continuing innovation, and in-licensing opportunities to develop, strengthen and maintain our proprietary position in the field of neuropsychiatric medicine. As of June 30, 2025, our trademark portfolio currently contains six trademark registrations in the United States, European Union, United Kingdom, China, Japan and South Korea and one pending trademark application in South Korea for the mark “MAPLIGHT THERAPEUTICS.”

We rely upon unpatented trade secrets and know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, by executing confidentiality agreements with our collaborators and scientific advisors and non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and independent contractors. We have also executed agreements requiring assignment of inventions with selected scientific advisors and collaborators. The confidentiality agreements we enter into are designed to protect our proprietary information, and the agreements or clauses requiring assignment of inventions to us are designed to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through our relationship with the respective counterparty. We cannot guarantee, however, that we have executed such agreements with all applicable counterparties, such agreements will not be breached, or that these agreements will afford us adequate protection of our intellectual property and proprietary rights. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Intellectual Property.”

128

NeuroSolis Asset Purchase Agreement

On June 18, 2020, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with NeuroSolis, Inc., or NeuroSolis, to acquire its proprietary M₁/M₄ agonist molecules and associated intellectual property.

Pursuant to that agreement, NeuroSolis sold us its assets related to both its proprietary M₁/M₄ agonist molecules, and its program for the identification of molecules that modulate the activity of the muscarinic M₁ receptor or the muscarinic M₄ receptor. We did not assume any liabilities of NeuroSolis in connection with our purchase of these assets. We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve specified development and regulatory milestones by certain achievement dates by developing a product covered by a transferred patent, including ML-007C-MA. In May 2024, we and Neurosolis entered into a Waiver of Milestone Deadline pursuant to which Neurosolis agreed to waive the milestone achievement date for one of the specified development milestones, which we subsequently achieved in June 2025.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to purchase or establish, any manufacturing facilities. We have engaged, and expect to continue to rely on, well-established third-party contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, to supply our product candidates for use in our preclinical studies and clinical trials. We intend to continue to rely on CMOs for later-stage development and commercialization of our product candidates, including any additional product candidates that we may identify. Because we rely on contract manufacturers, we employ personnel with extensive technical, manufacturing, analytical and quality experience to oversee contract manufacturing and testing activities and to compile manufacturing and quality information for our regulatory submissions. We believe our current manufacturers have the scale, systems and experience to supply our currently planned clinical trials.

Sales and Marketing

We do not currently have a commercial organization for the marketing, sales and distribution of products. We intend to build our global commercialization capabilities internally over time, such that we are able to commercialize any product candidate for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We expect to manage sales, marketing and distribution through internal resources and third-party relationships. In addition, we will opportunistically explore commercialization partnerships, particularly with entities that have strong capabilities in geographies outside the United States. As our current and future product candidates progress through clinical development, our commercial plans may change. Clinical data, the size of the development programs, the size of our target markets, the size of the requisite commercial infrastructure and manufacturing needs may all influence our commercialization strategies.

Competition

129

Our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources, established presence in the market and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and reimbursement and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of competitors. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, sales, marketing and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, are more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly or earlier than us, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete, and we may not be successful in marketing our product candidates against competitors. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Competitive products may reduce or eliminate the commercial opportunity for our product candidates for our current or future indications. If our competitors develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do, or their technologies are more effective or safer than ours, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.”

Schizophrenia

We are developing ML-007C-MA for the treatment of schizophrenia. While there remains significant unmet need in schizophrenia, we may face competition from typical and atypical antipsychotic treatments that work primarily by inhibiting dopamine receptors.

We are aware of several product and product candidates in clinical development that modulate muscarinic receptors, such as KarXT, which is marketed as COBENFY for the treatment of schizophrenia and being developed for additional indications by Bristol Myers Squibb Company; emraclidine, which is being developed by AbbVie Inc.; and NBI-‘568, NBI-‘570 and NBI-‘567, which are being developed by Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. In addition, we are aware of other companies that are in earlier stages of developing muscarinic agents for schizophrenia, as well as other CNS indications, including Neumora Therapeutics, Inc.

We may also face competition from other companies developing product candidates that modulate other receptors for the treatment of schizophrenia.

Alzheimer’s Disease Psychosis

We are also developing ML-007C-MA for the treatment of ADP. Despite the severity of the condition, there are no FDA-approved medicines indicated for the treatment of patients with ADP. In the absence of approved treatments and reflecting significant unmet medical need, atypical and even some typical antipsychotics are used off-label to treat as many as one-third of ADP patients. We are aware of several product candidates in clinical development that are designed to modulate muscarinic receptors, including KarXT, which is being developed by Bristol Myers Squibb Company.

We may also face competition from other companies developing product candidates to address ADP that modulate other receptors, including ACP-204, which is being developed by Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. We may also face competition from other companies developing product candidates to address agitation or other behavioral symptoms associated with Alzheimer’s disease.

130

Autism Spectrum Disorder

We are developing ML-004 for the treatment of ASD. Given the lack of approved, effective and safe treatment options, there is a significant unmet need for an effective therapeutic option for the treatment of social communication deficits in ASD. In the treatment of the irritability symptoms associated with ASD, we may face competition from ABILIFY, marketed by Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., and RISPERDAL, marketed by Johnson & Johnson, as well as from generic forms of those drugs that are being marketed and sold.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of products such as those we are developing. A new drug must be approved by the FDA through the New Drug Application, or NDA, process before it may be legally marketed in the United States.

U.S. Drug Development Process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state and local statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

•

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in accordance with Good Laboratory Practice regulations and other applicable regulations;

•

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

•

approval by an IRB or ethics committee at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

•

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, regulations to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the product candidate for its intended use;

•

submission to the FDA of an NDA after completion of all pivotal trials;

•

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

•

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug is produced to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, regulations to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

•

satisfactory completion of potential inspection of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with GCP regulations; and

•

FDA review and approval of the NDA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.

Once a product candidate is identified for development, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for allowance from the FDA to administer an investigational drug product to humans. An IND will also include a protocol detailing, among other things, the

131

objectives of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated, if the trial includes an efficacy evaluation. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns about ongoing or proposed clinical trials or non-compliance with specific FDA requirements, and in such case, the trials may not begin or continue until the FDA notifies the sponsor that the hold has been lifted.

All clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators in accordance with GCP regulations, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials must be conducted under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the safety and effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND, and a separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol amendments. While the IND is active, progress reports summarizing the results of the clinical trials and nonclinical studies performed since the last progress report, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and investigators for serious and unexpected suspected AEs, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the same or similar drugs, findings from animal or in vitro testing suggesting a significant risk to humans and any clinically important increased incidence of a serious suspected adverse reaction compared to that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

Furthermore, an IRB at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve each protocol before a clinical trial commences at that institution and must also approve the information regarding the trial and the consent form that must be provided to each trial subject or his or her legal representative, monitor the trial until completed and otherwise comply with IRB regulations. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. In addition, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. Depending on its charter, this group may determine whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and clinical trial results to public registries, including clinicaltrials.gov.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

•

Phase 1: The product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition, and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

•

Phase 2: The product candidate is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and appropriate dosage.

•

Phase 3: The product candidate is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide substantial evidence of efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit ratio of the product candidate and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

132

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP regulations. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug. In addition, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

FDA Regulatory Framework for Fixed-Combination Prescription Drugs for Humans

The FDA’s regulation at 21 CFR § 300.50 governing fixed-combination drug products provides, among other things, that two or more drugs may be combined in a single dosage form when each component contributes to the claimed effects and the dosage of each component (amount, frequency, duration) is such that the combination is safe and effective for a significant patient population requiring such concurrent therapy as defined in the labeling for the drug. This rule is meant to ensure that any fixed-dose combination drug provides an advantage to the patient over and above that obtained when one of the individual ingredients is used in the usual safe and effective dose.

U.S. Review and Approval Process

The results of product development, preclinical and other non-clinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of substantial user fees; a waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances.

Once an NDA has been submitted, the FDA conducts a preliminary review of the application within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting it for filing, to determine whether it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once filed, the FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is cGMP-compliant to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision after the application is submitted.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP regulations.

After the FDA evaluates an NDA and conducts inspections of manufacturing facilities where the investigational product and/or its drug substance will be produced, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a

133

Complete Response Letter, or CRL. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with prescribing information for specific indications. A CRL indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete, and the application will not be approved in its present form. A CRL usually describes the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA and may require additional clinical data, such as additional clinical trials or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a CRL is issued, the sponsor must resubmit the NDA addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. In addition, the FDA may require a sponsor to conduct “Phase 4” testing, which involves clinical trials designed to further assess a drug’s safety and/or effectiveness following NDA approval, and may require additional testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized. The FDA may also place other conditions on approval including the requirement for a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the drug. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products.

In addition, the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, requires a sponsor to conduct pediatric clinical trials for most drugs, for a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen, or new route of administration. Under PREA, original NDAs and certain supplements must contain a pediatric assessment unless the sponsor has received a deferral or waiver. The required assessment must evaluate the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is deemed safe and effective. The sponsor or FDA may request a deferral of pediatric clinical trials for some or all of the pediatric subpopulations. A deferral may be granted for several reasons, including a finding that the drug is ready for approval for use in adults before pediatric clinical trials are complete or that additional safety or effectiveness data needs to be collected before the pediatric clinical trials begin. The FDA must send a non-compliance letter to any sponsor that fails to submit the required assessment, keep a deferral current or fails to submit a request for approval of a pediatric formulation.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

The FDA has a number of programs intended to expedite the development or review of a marketing application for an investigational drug. For example, the fast track designation program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for developing and reviewing product candidates that meet certain criteria. Specifically, investigational drugs are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. The sponsor of a fast track product candidate has opportunities for more frequent interactions with the applicable FDA review team during product development and, once an NDA is submitted, the application may be eligible for priority review. With regard to a fast track product candidate, the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

A product candidate intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for breakthrough therapy designation to expedite its development and review. A product candidate can receive

134

breakthrough therapy designation if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance beginning as early as Phase 1 and an organizational commitment to expedite the development and review of the product candidate, including involvement of senior managers.

Any product candidate submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product candidate with a fast track designation or breakthrough designation, may also be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. An NDA is eligible for priority review if the product candidate is designed to treat a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or efficacy compared to available therapies. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of a NDA designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. The FDA endeavors to review applications with priority review designations within six months of the filing date as compared to ten months for review of new molecular entity NDAs under its current PDUFA review goals.

In addition, a product candidate may be eligible for accelerated approval. Drugs intended to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may be eligible for accelerated approval upon a determination that the product candidate has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA generally requires that a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled confirmatory clinical trials, and may require that such confirmatory trials be underway prior to granting accelerated approval. Drugs receiving accelerated approval may be subject to expedited withdrawal procedures if the sponsor fails to conduct the required confirmatory trials in a timely manner or if such trials fail to verify the predicted clinical benefit. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition of accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

Fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, priority review, and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process. Even if a product candidate qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, certain manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further FDA review and approval. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP regulations and other laws and regulations. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP regulations and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown

135

problems with a product, including AEs of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of requirements for post-market trials or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include:

•

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

•

fines, warning letters or untitled letters;

•

clinical holds on ongoing or planned clinical trials;

•

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of approvals;

•

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;

•

consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs;

•

mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and the issuance of corrective information;

•

the issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; or

•

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

In addition, the FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of drug products. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products.

Hatch-Waxman Act

Section 505 of the FDCA describes three types of marketing applications that may be submitted to the FDA to request marketing authorization for a new drug. A Section 505(b)(1) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and efficacy. A 505(b)(2) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and efficacy but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from investigations that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted. This regulatory pathway enables the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s prior findings of safety and efficacy for an existing product, or published literature, in support of its application. Section 505(j) establishes an abbreviated approval process for a generic version of approved drug products through the submission of an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a generic drug product that has the same active ingredients, dosage form, strength, route of administration, labeling, performance characteristics and intended use, among other things, to a previously approved product. ANDAs are termed “abbreviated” because they are generally not required to include preclinical (animal) and clinical (human) data to establish safety and efficacy. Instead, generic applicants must scientifically demonstrate that their product is bioequivalent to, or performs in the same manner as, the innovator drug through in vitro, in vivo, or other testing. The generic version must deliver the same amount of active ingredients into a subject’s bloodstream in the same amount of time as the

136

innovator drug and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the reference listed drug. In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s drug or a method of using the drug. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, or the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential competitors in support of approval of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA.

Upon submission of an ANDA or a 505(b)(2) NDA, an applicant must certify to the FDA that (1) no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the application has been submitted to the FDA; (2) such patent has expired; (3) the date on which such patent expires; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted. Generally, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA cannot be approved until all listed patents have expired, except where the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant challenges a listed patent through the last type of certification, also known as a paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA application will not be approved until all of the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired. If the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the application has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. If the Paragraph IV certification is challenged by an NDA holder or the patent owner(s) asserts a patent challenge to the Paragraph IV certification, the FDA may not approve that application until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the Paragraph IV certification, the expiration of the patent, when the infringement case concerning each such patent was favorably decided in the applicant’s favor or settled or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as the 30-month stay. In instances where an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant files a Paragraph IV certification, the NDA holder or patent owner(s) regularly take action to trigger the 30-month stay, recognizing that the related patent litigation may take many months or years to resolve. Thus, approval of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA could be delayed for a significant period of time depending on the patent certification the applicant makes and the reference drug sponsor’s decision to initiate patent litigation.

Marketing Exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain marketing applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent data exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to obtain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another drug based on the same active moiety, regardless of whether the drug is intended for the same indication as the original innovative drug or for another indication, where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement to one of the patents listed with the FDA by the innovator NDA holder.

The FDCA alternatively provides three years of non-patent exclusivity for an NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication or condition of use. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct, or obtain a right of reference to, all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

137

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of marketing exclusivity available in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity provides for an additional six months of marketing exclusivity attached to another period of existing exclusivity or an available patent term if a sponsor conducts clinical trials in children in response to a “written request” from the FDA. The issuance of a written request does not require the sponsor to undertake the described clinical trials, and the FDA’s grant of pediatric exclusivity does not require the FDA to approve labeling containing information on pediatric use based on the studies conducted.

Healthcare Laws and Regulations

We are subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, market, sell and distribute our drugs, if we obtain marketing approval. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include the following:

•

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person or entity to knowingly and willfully, directly or indirectly, solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is in exchange for or to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, order, lease of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value.

•

Federal false claims and false statement laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act and civil monetary penalties laws, prohibit, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to, or approval by, federal programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent.

•

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors or making any false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

•

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and their implementing regulations, imposes obligations on covered entities, including certain healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses and their respective business associates and covered subcontractors that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.

•

The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (as defined to include doctors of medicine, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors by such law), other healthcare professionals (such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

Also, many states have similar laws and regulations, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs. Additionally, we may be subject to state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the federal government’s and/or pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines, state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures, state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information on the pricing of certain drugs, state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives, as well as state and foreign laws governing the privacy and

138

security of personal information, including health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA.

Ensuring that our business operations and arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will likely be costly. If our operations were found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, possible exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, ongoing governmental oversight, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of our operations.

Additionally, to the extent that our products are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Successful sales of our products in the U.S. market, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs like Medicaid and Medicare, or private health insurance (including managed care plans). Patients generally rely on such third-party payors to cover all or part of the costs associated with their health care, and therefore obtaining formulary status and adequate coverage from third-party payors is critical to new and ongoing product acceptance. Although antipsychotics are currently a protected class, formulary status and coverage for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor as there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products among third-party payors in the United States. There may be significant delays in obtaining formulary status and coverage, as the process of determining coverage is often time consuming and costly. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a drug product does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the drug product. Third-party payors are increasingly reducing coverage for medical drugs and services and implementing measures to control utilization of drugs (such as requiring prior authorization for coverage). Patient copays can be significant and may vary among products within a class depending upon the formulary status of an agent with a particular payer. Inconsistencies in formulary status across state Medicaid plans and commercial payers may result in coverage gaps in some geographical areas.

U.S. Healthcare Reform

The U.S. government, state legislatures, and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid healthcare costs, including price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs.

139

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, on July 4, 2025, the annual reconciliation bill, the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” or OBBBA, was signed into law which is expected to reduce Medicaid spending and enrollment by implementing work requirements for some beneficiaries, capping state-directed payments, reducing federal funding, and limiting provider taxes used to fund the program. OBBBA also narrows access to ACA marketplace exchange enrollment and declines to extend the ACA enhanced advanced premium tax credits, set to expire in 2025, which, among other provisions in the law, are anticipated to reduce the number of Americans with health insurance. Additionally, on March 11, 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was enacted, which eliminated the statutory Medicaid drug rebate cap, beginning January 1, 2024. The rebate was previously capped at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price. Most significantly, in August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, or IRA, was signed into law. This statute marks the most significant action by Congress with respect to the pharmaceutical industry since adoption of the ACA in 2010. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare, with prices that can be negotiated subject to a cap, or the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program; imposes rebates under Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D to penalize price increases that outpace inflation (first due in 2023); redesigns the Medicare Part D benefit (beginning in 2024); and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new manufacturer discount program (beginning in 2025). CMS has published the negotiated prices for the initial ten drugs, which will first be effective in 2026, and has published the list of the subsequent 15 drugs that will be subject to negotiation. The IRA permits the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, to implement many of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. HHS has and will continue to issue and update guidance as these programs are implemented, although the Medicare drug price negotiation program is currently subject to legal challenges. The impact of the IRA on us and the pharmaceutical industry cannot yet be fully determined, but is likely to be significant.

We are unable to predict the future course of federal or state healthcare legislation in the U.S. directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare, particularly in light of the recent U.S. Presidential and Congressional elections. The current Trump administration is pursuing policies to reduce regulations and expenditures across government, including at HHS, the FDA, the CMS, and related agencies. These actions, presently directed by executive orders or memoranda from the Office of Management and Budget, may propose policy changes that create additional uncertainty for our business. These actions and proposals include, for example (1) reducing agency workforce and cut programs; (2) rescinding a Biden administration executive order tasking the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation to consider new payment and healthcare models to limit drug spending; (3) eliminating the Biden administration’s executive order that directed HHS to establish an artificial intelligence, or AI, task force and develop a strategic plan; (4) directing HHS and other agencies to lower prescription drug costs through a variety of initiatives, including by improving upon the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program and establishing most-favored-nation pricing for pharmaceutical products; (5) imposing tariffs on imported pharmaceutical products; and (6) directing certain federal agencies to enforce existing law regarding hospital and price plan price transparency and by standardizing prices across hospitals and health plans. Additionally, in its June 2024 decision in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo, or Loper Bright, the U.S. Supreme Court overturned the longstanding Chevron doctrine, under which courts were required to give deference to regulatory agencies’ reasonable interpretations of ambiguous

140

federal statutes. The Loper Bright decision could result in additional legal challenges to current regulations and guidance issued by federal agencies applicable to our operations, including those issued by the FDA. Congress may introduce and ultimately pass health care related legislation that could, among others, impact the drug approval process and make changes to modify the Medicare Drug Price Negotiation Program created under the IRA.

Existing healthcare reform measures, as well as the implementation of additional cost containment measures or other reforms, may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

Data Privacy and Security

Numerous state, federal, and foreign laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations govern the collection, use, dissemination, access to, confidentiality, and security of health-related and other personal data, including clinical trial data. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy and security laws, including HIPAA, and consumer protection laws and regulations, including Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal data. Outside of the United States, many jurisdictions also have laws governing the privacy and security of personal data, including health-related data, such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, and impose stringent obligations on covered entities. In addition, use of artificial intelligence or machine learning technology is subject to evolving laws and regulations, including obligations to mitigate risks of bias and anti-discrimination. We and certain of the third parties with whom we work face cybersecurity risks that threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our IT systems and personal data, including health-related data.

Privacy and security laws, regulations and other obligations are constantly evolving, may conflict with each other to complicate compliance efforts, and in the event of a security incident or our actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws, regulations and obligations can result in investigations, proceedings or actions that lead to significant civil and/or criminal penalties, private litigation and restrictions on data processing, disgorgement of software algorithms trained on health-related data, or other material adverse consequences.

Additional Regulation

In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, may affect our business. These and other laws govern the use, handling and disposal of various biologic, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. Equivalent laws have been adopted in other countries that impose similar obligations.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the companies to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the companies, including international subsidiaries and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

141

Facilities

Our principal executive office is located in Redwood City, California, where we lease a total of 13,734 square feet of office and laboratory space that we use for our administrative, research and development and other activities under a lease that currently expires in 2031. We believe that our facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2025, we had 109 full-time employees and no part-time employees. Of our 109 full-and part-time employees, 33 have Ph.D. or M.D. degrees and 91 are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our employees. We believe our success depends on our ability to attract, retain, develop and motivate diverse highly skilled personnel. In particular, we depend upon the personal efforts and abilities of the principal members of our senior management to partner effectively as a team and to provide strategic direction, develop our business, manage our operations and maintain a cohesive and stable work environment. We also rely on qualified managers and skilled employees, such as scientists, engineers and laboratory technicians, with technical expertise in operations, scientific knowledge, engineering skills and quality management experience in order to operate our business successfully.

Our compensation program is designed to retain, motivate and, as needed, attract highly qualified employees. Accordingly, we use a mix of competitive base salary, cash-based annual incentive compensation, performance-based equity compensation awards and other employee benefits.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We currently are not party to any legal proceedings material to our operations or of which any of our property is the subject, nor are we aware of any such proceedings that are contemplated by a government authority. Regardless of outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

142

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our current executive officers and directors, including their ages as of June 30, 2025:


Name	Age		Position(s)

Executive Officers

Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D.		57	Chief Executive Officer and Director

Vishwas Setia		38	Chief Financial Officer

Erin Pennock Foff, M.D., Ph.D.		48	Chief Medical Officer

Jonathan Gillis		44	Chief Administrative and Accounting Officer

Anatol Kreitzer, Ph.D.		51	Chief Discovery Officer

James Lillie, Ph.D.		69	Chief Scientific Officer

Kristopher L. Hanson		53	General Counsel

Non-Employee Directors

Timothy Garnett, M.B.B.S.⁽²⁾⁽³⁾		63	Director

Nanna Lüneborg, Ph.D.⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		50	Director

Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D		70	Director

George Pavlov⁽²⁾⁽³⁾		64	Director

Jim Trenkle, Ph.D.⁽¹⁾⁽³⁾		44	Director

Maria Walker⁽¹⁾		60	Director

(1)	Member of the audit committee.

(2)	Member of the compensation committee.

(3)	Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D., is our co-founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer, President, and as a member of our board of directors since 2018. Dr. Kroeger previously served as chief executive officer and on the board of directors of OvaScience, Inc., a female fertility company, from 2017 until its merger with Millendo Therapeutics, Inc. in 2018. Prior to joining OvaScience, Dr. Kroeger served as chief executive officer of Cardioxyl Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company focused on cardiovascular disease, from 2008 until its sale to Bristol Myers Squibb in 2015 (and he remained an employee of Bristol Myers Squibb through March 2016). Dr. Kroeger has also held positions at The Aurora Funds, a venture capital firm focused on early-stage biotechnology and medical device companies, beginning in 2003 and as a partner beginning in 2007. Dr. Kroeger earned his B.A. from Harvard University and his M.D. from the Stanford University School of Medicine. He completed his residency in general surgery at the Brigham and Women’s Hospital, an affiliate of Harvard Medical School. Dr. Kroeger also holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

We believe that Dr. Kroeger is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience leading, building and advising development-stage therapeutic and medical device companies including serving on the boards of clinical stage biotechnology companies, combined with his expertise of a physician and scientist and knowledge of our business as our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer.

Vishwas Setia has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2024. Previously, Mr. Setia served as managing director in the Healthcare Group in the Global Corporate Investment Banking Division at BofA Securities from February 2023 until February 2024, advising biopharmaceutical companies on strategic and financing transactions. From 2014 until January 2023, Mr. Setia served in roles of increasing responsibilities as

143

part of the healthcare investment banking team at BofA Securities and its predecessor companies. Mr. Setia earned a B.E. in mechanical engineering from Delhi College of Engineering, India, and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Erin Pennock Foff, M.D., Ph.D., has served as our Chief Medical Officer since April 2021. Dr. Foff previously served in various roles at Acadia Pharmaceuticals Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on central nervous system disorders and rare diseases, from 2017 to April 2021, most recently as executive director of clinical development, where she led the company’s programs in the dementia/neurodegenerative space. Prior to joining Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Foff held an academic physician-scientist position at the University of Virginia from 2006 to 2018 as a cognitive neurologist with a subspecialty interest in early-onset dementing illnesses and ran a translational laboratory program investigating diseases of RNA toxicity and neurodegeneration. Dr. Foff earned her Ph.D. in molecular and human genetics from the Baylor College of Medicine and her M.D. from Jefferson Medical College. She completed her residency in neurology at the University of Virginia and holds a certification from the American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology.

Jonathan Gillis joined our company in February 2019, serving as our Chief Financial Officer from February 2019 to March 2024 and as our Chief Administrative and Accounting Officer since March 2024. Mr. Gillis previously served in various roles at OvaScience, Inc. from 2013 until its merger with Millendo Therapeutics, Inc. in 2018, most recently as senior vice president of finance. Mr. Gillis earned his B.S. and M.S. in accounting from Babson College.

Anatol Kreitzer, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Discovery Officer since June 2020. Dr. Kreitzer held various positions at the University of California, San Francisco from 2007 to April 2022, most recently as a professor of physiology and neurology, where he led a laboratory focused on the basal ganglia. Dr. Kreitzer earned his B.A. in linguistics from the University of California, Berkeley, and his Ph.D. in neurobiology from Harvard University, and he completed his postdoctoral work at Stanford University.

James Lillie, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since February 2019. Dr. Lillie previously served as Chief Scientific Officer at OvaScience, Inc. from 2018 until its merger with Millendo Therapeutics, Inc. in 2018. Prior to joining OvaScience, Dr. Lillie served in various roles at Sanofi Genzyme, a biotechnology company, from 2004 to 2017, most recently as vice president of in vitro biology. Dr. Lillie earned his B.A. in German literature from Wesleyan University and his Ph.D. in biochemistry and molecular biology from Harvard University.

Kristopher L. Hanson has served as our General Counsel since April 2023. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hanson served in various roles at PhaseBio Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on cardiovascular diseases, beginning in October 2019, most recently as senior vice president and general counsel beginning in February 2022. In October 2022, PhaseBio Pharmaceuticals, Inc., filed a voluntary Chapter 11 restructuring plan with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Mr. Hanson previously served as vice president for legal and compliance and head of human resources at Nalpropion Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a biopharmaceutical company focused on the treatment of weight loss, from July 2018 to October 2019, and at its predecessor company, Orexigen Therapeutics, as vice president and assistant general counsel, from 2016 to 2018. Mr. Hanson began his career in private practice as a corporate lawyer at Morrison & Foerster LLP and Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, after having completed a clerkship for U.S. District Court Judge John S. Rhoades. Mr. Hanson earned his B.A. in political science from Georgetown University and his J.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

Timothy Garnett, M.B.B.S., has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2023. Dr. Garnett previously served in various roles at Eli Lilly and Company beginning in 1998, most recently as chief medical officer from 2008 to April 2021. Dr. Garnett has served on the boards of directors of Cardiol Therapeutics, Inc., a

144

life sciences company centered on developing treatments for heart disease, and Ophirex, Inc., a global health public benefit corporation, since May 2025 and May 2021, respectively. Dr. Garnett previously served on the board of directors of Carmot Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company focused on metabolic diseases, from March 2022 to January 2024, when it was acquired by the Roche Group. He has served as an advisor to Biolojic Design, Ltd., a biotechnology company focused on autoimmune diseases and immuno-oncology, since November 2021, and Ukko Inc., a biotechnology company focused on allergies, since January 2022, as well as a member of the Advisory Panel of Cambridge Innovation Capital since May 2021. Dr. Garnett received a Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery (M.B.B.S.) from St. George’s London, and he is a Fellow of the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine (F.F.P.M.) and a Fellow of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (F.R.C.O.G.).

We believe that Dr. Garnett is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in drug development and his experience serving on the board of directors of other clinical stage life sciences companies.

Nanna Lüneborg, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2025. Since September 2021, Dr. Lüneborg has served as General Partner at Forbion, an investment firm focused on biotechnology. Dr. Lüneborg previously in various roles of increasing responsibility at Novo Holdings’ Novo Ventures from 2013 to July 2021, most recently as Partner from 2018 to July 2021, where she focused on late-stage biopharma investments across Europe. Dr. Lüneborg previously served on the board of directors of Lava Therapeutics N.V. from September 2020 to June 2022 and currently serves on the boards of directors of BioInvent International AB and several private companies. Dr. Lüneborg has a Ph.D. in Neuroscience from University College London, an M.B.A. from the University of Cambridge and a B.A. in Physiology and Psychology from the University of Oxford.

We believe that Dr. Lüneborg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience serving on the board of directors of clinical-stage biotechnology companies, including public companies, and her investment experience within the life science industry.

Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D., is our co-founder and served as a member of our board of directors from 2018 to July 2025 and was reappointed to our board of directors in September 2025. Dr. Malenka has been a member of the faculty of Stanford University School of Medicine since 1999, where he is the Pritzker Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Director of the Nancy Pritzker Laboratory and a founder of the Wu Tsai Neurosciences Institute. Dr. Malenka is currently on leave from Stanford through October 2025, and has served as the chief scientific officer of a private single-family office located in Silicon Valley since November 2023. Dr. Malenka earned his B.A. in biology from Harvard College and his M.D. and Ph.D. in neuroscience from the Stanford University School of Medicine. Dr. Malenka completed residency training in psychiatry at Stanford and postdoctoral research at the University of California, San Francisco.

We believe that Dr. Malenka is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive research in the field of neuroscience, his experience serving on the scientific advisory boards of numerous non-profit foundations and biotechnology companies, and his knowledge of our business as our co-founder.

George Pavlov has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2019. Since 2015, Mr. Pavlov has served as the chief executive officer of a private single-family office located in Silicon Valley, where he oversees a broad range of activities, including philanthropy. Previously, Mr. Pavlov served in various roles in the venture capital industry, most recently as a general partner of Tallwood Venture Capital, a venture capital firm, from 2000 to 2015, and he has served on the boards of directors for multiple private and public companies and nonprofit organizations. Mr. Pavlov earned a B.S. in accounting from Boston College.

We believe that Mr. Pavlov is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive investment industry experience, financial and accounting background and experience serving on the boards of directors of multiple companies.

145

Jim Trenkle, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2023. Since May 2022, Dr. Trenkle has been employed as a partner at Novo Holdings US, Inc., or Novo Holdings US, which provides consulting services to Novo Holdings A/S, an investment firm focused on life sciences and finance. Prior to joining Novo Holdings US, Dr. Trenkle served as head of investments at Sanofi Ventures, the venture capital arm of Sanofi focused on investments in biotech and digital health companies, from April 2020 to April 2022. Prior to Sanofi, he served as vice president of investments at Pivotal bioVenture Partners (US), a healthcare venture capital firm, from 2017 to April 2020. Dr. Trenkle has served on the boards of directors for multiple private companies. Dr. Trenkle earned his B.S. in honors chemistry at the University of Michigan, his Ph.D. in organic chemistry at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and his M.B.A. from the University of California Berkeley, Haas School of Business.

We believe that Dr. Trenkle is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his years of experience in research and development, commercialization, and biotech investing and transactions.

Maria Walker has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2024. Ms. Walker served as Founding Partner and Chief Financial Officer of Patient Square Capital, LP, a health care investment firm, from August 2020 to January 2024, and as a member of the board of directors and chair of the audit committee for ForgeRock, Inc., an identity and access management software company, from November 2019 to August 2023, when it was acquired by Thoma Bravo. Ms. Walker has served as a board member of Five9, Inc., a software company, since May 2024. Ms. Walker has also served as a board member and audit committee chair for Global Support and Development, Inc., a humanitarian non-profit, non-governmental organization, since May 2023 and in March 2024 she was appointed to serve as the Chairman. Ms. Walker served as Chief Financial Officer of Montes Archimedes Acquisition Corp, a special purpose acquisition company from October 2020 until September 2021 when it merged with Roivant Sciences. Ms. Walker co-founded, and served as chief executive officer of, Recuerdo Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company focused on the postponement of Alzheimer’s disease, from 2018 to February 2020. From 2008 to 2018, Ms. Walker held various leadership roles at KPMG U.S., a public accounting firm, including as Audit Partner, Senior Director of KPMG’s Venture Capital Practice and a Global Lead Partner of Private Equity, and she led the San Francisco Bay Area Asset Management Practice. Ms. Walker holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, San Diego.

We believe that Ms. Walker is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive investment and industry experience, financial and accounting background and experience serving as an executive and director for both public and private companies, including biotech companies.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of seven members. Our directors were elected to, and currently serve on, the board pursuant to a voting agreement among us and certain of our stockholders and voting rights granted by our current amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which will consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting our entire board and which will serve staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

•

Class I, which will consist of Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D., George Pavlov and Jim Trenkle, Ph.D., and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the closing of this offering;

146

•

Class II, which will consist of Timothy Garnett, M.B.B.S., and Nanna Lüneborg, Ph.D., and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the closing of this offering; and

•

Class III, which will consist of Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D., and Maria Walker, and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the closing of this offering.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control.

Director Independence

Applicable Nasdaq Global Market rules, or the Nasdaq Listing Rules, require a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be composed of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the Nasdaq Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees, and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, under applicable Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of the listed company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors other than Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D., and Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D., representing two of our seven directors, are “independent directors” as defined under applicable Nasdaq rules. In making such determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each such director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our audit committee will monitor steps our management has taken to identify and control our major financial, accounting, legal, compliance, investment, tax, cybersecurity, and data privacy risks, including by reviewing and setting guidelines, internal controls, and policies that govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. In addition, our compensation committee will oversee the management of risks relating to our employment policies and executive compensation plans and arrangements and our nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee the management of our corporate governance practices.

While our board of directors oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects management to consider risk and risk management in

147

each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities, and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by our board of directors, as a whole and at the committee level. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates pursuant to a committee charter. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below.

Audit Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Maria Walker, Nanna Lüneborg, Ph.D. and Jim Trenkle, Ph.D., with Ms. Walker serving as chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of these individuals meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with Nasdaq audit committee requirements. Our board of directors has also determined that Ms. Walker qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In arriving at these determinations, the board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their prior and/or current employment.

The primary responsibilities of this committee include:

•

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

•

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

•

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

•

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

•

reviewing related-person transactions;

•

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

•

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

•

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee will comply with all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

148

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Timothy Garnett, M.B.B.S., George Pavlov and Nanna Lüneborg, Ph.D., with Dr. Garnett serving as chair of the compensation committee. Each of these individuals is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director,” as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Our board of directors has determined that each of these individuals is “independent” as defined under the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq, including the standards specific to members of a compensation committee. The primary responsibilities of this committee include:

•

reviewing, modifying and approving (or, if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) our overall compensation strategy and policies;

•

making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

•

reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

•

reviewing and approving (or, if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;

•

evaluating risks associated with our compensation policies and practices and assessing whether risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us;

•

reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;

•

establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation to the extent required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and, if applicable, determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation;

•

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;

•

administering our equity incentive plans;

•

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

•

reviewing the competitiveness of our executive compensation programs and evaluating the effectiveness of our compensation policy and strategy in achieving expected benefits to us;

•

reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change-in-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;

•

reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, to the extent such caption is included in any such report or proxy statement;

•

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

•

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee and the compensation committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee will comply with all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

149

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Jim Trenkle, Ph.D., George Pavlov and Timothy Garnett, M.B.B.S., with Dr. Trenkle serving as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of these individuals is “independent” as defined under the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations. The primary responsibilities of this committee include:

•

identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors;

•

determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board of directors;

•

evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;

•

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors;

•

considering and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors;

•

developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such policies and principles;

•

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to management succession planning;

•

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise; and

•

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee will comply with all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our directors who serve as a member of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the past year been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Effective upon the pricing of this offering, we will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. This includes our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Following the closing of this offering, the full text of the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.maplightrx.com. We intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Conduct. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Historically, we have not had a formal compensation policy with respect to service on our board of directors. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards, or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2024. We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of

150

our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings. Dr. Kroeger, our Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of our board of directors, but did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director during this period. Dr. Lüneborg is not included below as she did not serve on our board of directors during 2024 and was appointed to our board of directors in July 2025.


Name	Fees Earned Or Paid In Cash ($)			Stock Awards ($)⁽⁵⁾⁽⁶⁾		All Other Compensation ($)			Total ($)
Peter Bisgaard⁽¹⁾		—			—		—			—
Timothy Garnett, M.B.B.S.		50,000	⁽²⁾		227,055		—			277,055
Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D.		—			2,959,161		140,000	⁽³⁾		3,099,161
George Pavlov		—			—		—			—
Jim Trenkle, Ph.D.		—			—		—			—
Maria Walker		50,000	⁽⁴⁾		132,529		—			182,529

(1)	Mr. Bisgaard resigned from our board of directors effective as of September 17, 2025.

(2)	On June 27, 2023, we entered into a board offer letter with Dr. Garnett, or the Garnett Agreement, pursuant to which Dr. Garnett receives quarterly payments of $12,500 in exchange for his service as a member of our board of directors.

(3)	On February 25, 2019, we entered into an advisor agreement with Dr. Malenka, or the Malenka Agreement, pursuant to which Dr. Malenka receives monthly payments of $11,667 in exchange for his service on the company’s scientific advisory board.

(4)	In connection with Ms. Walker’s appointment, on February 23, 2024, our board of directors approved quarterly payments of $12,500 to Ms. Walker in exchange for her service as a member of our board of directors.

(5)

Amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value underlying restricted stock units, or RSU, awards granted to the non-employee director during 2024 under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2019 Plan. Amounts reported in this column have been computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718. The assumptions we use in calculating these amounts are included in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. This amount does not reflect dollar amounts actually received by the non-employee director or the economic value that may be received by the non-employee director.

(6)	The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock awards and option awards held by our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2024:


Name	Stock Awards (#)		Option Awards (#)
Peter Bisgaard		—		—
Timothy Garnett, M.B.B.S.		344,629		168,800
Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D.		4,619,824		810,000
George Pavlov		—		—
Jim Trenkle, Ph.D.		—		—
Maria Walker		217,260		—

In February 2024, our board of directors granted 217,260 RSUs to Ms. Walker and in May 2024, our board of directors granted 2,445,588 and 187,649 RSUs to Dr. Malenka and Dr. Garnett, respectively. The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition will be satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on the one-year anniversary of the February 28, 2024 vesting commencement date as to Ms. Walker’s RSUs and the March 27, 2024 vesting commencement date as to each of Dr. Malenka and Dr. Garnett’s RSUs, and the remainder will be satisfied as to 1/48 of the RSUs on a monthly basis thereafter. The liquidity event vesting condition will be satisfied on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

151

In September 2025, our board of directors approved the grant of a mixture of 75% options to purchase shares and 25% RSUs to Dr. Garnett, Ms. Walker and Dr. Malenka, effective upon the pricing of this offering, that will in the aggregate be equal to %, % and %, respectively, of our total outstanding shares as of such date, on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to this offering. The options will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price. The shares underlying the options will vest 25% on the one year anniversary of the vesting start date and 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, and the shares underlying the RSUs will vest as to 25% on the one year anniversary of the vesting start date and 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter, in each case subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation policy in September 2025 that will become effective upon the pricing of this offering and is applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the compensation described below for service on our board of directors:

Cash compensation. Under this policy, we will pay each of our non-employee directors cash retainers for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors as follows:


	Annual Cash Retainer ($)
Annual retainer		40,000
Additional retainer for chairperson		30,000
Additional retainer for audit committee chair		20,000
Additional retainer for audit committee non-chair member		10,000
Additional retainer for compensation committee chair		15,000
Additional retainer for compensation committee non-chair member		7,500
Additional retainer for nominating and corporate governance committee chair		10,000
Additional retainer for nominating and corporate governance committee non-chair member		5,000

We will also reimburse each non-employee director for any ordinary and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by such director in connection with in-person attendance at and participation in meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

Equity compensation. In addition to cash compensation, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive options under our 2025 Plan. All options granted under the policy will be nonstatutory stock options, with an exercise price per share equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, and a term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination in connection with a termination of service. Vesting schedules for equity awards will be subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service on each applicable vesting date, provided that each option will vest in full upon a change in control of the company, as defined in the 2025 Plan.

Initial award. Each new non-employee director elected or appointed to our board of directors after the effective date of the policy will automatically be granted an initial, one-time stock option award equal to 0.064% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding following the closing of this offering. The initial option grant will vest in substantially equal monthly installments over a three-year period such that the option is fully vested on the third anniversary of the grant date.

Annual awards. On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of our company after the effective date of the policy, commencing with the 2026 annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director that continues to serve on our board of directors will automatically be granted a stock option award equal to 0.032% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding following the closing of this offering. The annual option grant shall vest in substantially equal monthly installments over a one-year period such that the option is

152

fully vested on the first anniversary of the grant date, provided that such option will in any case become fully vested on the date immediately preceding the date of our next annual stockholder meeting.

Non-employee director compensation limit. The cash and equity compensation that each non-employee director is eligible to receive under the policy will be subject to the director compensation limits set forth in the 2025 Plan.

153

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2024, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers who were serving in such capacity as of December 31, 2024, were:

•

Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors;

•

Vishwas Setia, our Chief Financial Officer; and

•

Erin Pennock Foff, M.D., Ph.D., our Chief Medical Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding all of the compensation awarded to or earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.


Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Stock Awards ($)⁽¹⁾		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)⁽²⁾		All Other Compensation ($)⁽⁵⁾		Total ($)
Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D.		2024		628,000		7,878,380		262,504		20,258		8,789,142
Chief Executive Officer and Director		2023		602,400		3,610,948		307,224		19,000		4,539,572
Vishwas Setia⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾ Chief Financial Officer		2024		400,000		2,628,846		99,745		8,333		3,136,924
Erin Pennock Foff, M.D., Ph.D.⁽³⁾ Chief Medical Officer		2024		509,000		2,065,491		158,660		19,600		2,752,751

(1)

Amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value underlying RSU awards granted to our named executive officers during the indicated year under the 2019 Plan. Amounts reported in this column have been computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718. The assumptions we use in calculating these amounts are included in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. This amount does not reflect dollar amounts actually received by the executive officer or the economic value that may be received by the executive officer.

(2)	The amount paid to each named executive officer is equal to a percentage of the executive’s target annual bonus pursuant to the applicable employment agreement. For more information, see the description of the annual bonus in “—Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table—Annual Bonus” below.

(3)	Mr. Setia and Dr. Foff were not named executive officers for 2023, and, accordingly, compensation information for these individuals for 2023 is not included in the summary compensation table.

(4)	Mr. Setia was hired as our Chief Financial Officer in March 2024.

(5)	Amounts reported include $18,458, $6,833 and $17,800 in company matching contributions under our 401(k) plan for Dr. Kroeger, Mr. Setia and Dr. Foff, respectively.

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table

Annual Base Salary

Our named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. The base salary of our named executive officers is generally determined and approved by our board of directors in connection with the commencement of employment of the named executive officer and may be adjusted from time to time thereafter as the board of directors determines appropriate. The 2024 base salaries for our named executive officers were as follows: (1) $628,000 for Dr. Kroeger, (2) $400,000 for Mr. Setia and (3) $509,000 for Dr. Foff.

154

Annual Bonus

In addition to base salaries, each of our named executive officers is eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus of up to a percentage of the executive’s gross base salary based on individual performance, company performance or as otherwise determined appropriate, as determined by our board of directors. For the year ended December 31, 2024, Dr. Kroeger’s bonus was based 100% on company performance, and each of Mr. Setia’s and Dr. Foff’s bonus was based 85% on corporate performance and 15% on individual performance. For the year ended December 31, 2024, cash bonus targets were 50% for Dr. Kroeger and 35% for each of Mr. Setia and Dr. Foff. For the year ended December 31, 2024, our board of directors determined that the percentage attainment of corporate performance goals was 83.6%, and as a result, approved annual bonuses for Dr. Kroeger, Mr. Setia and Dr. Foff of $262,504, $99,745 and $158,660, respectively, as reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our named executive officers’ interests with those of our stockholders and to retain and incentivize our named executive officers over the long term. Our board of directors is responsible for approving equity grants. Vesting of equity awards is generally tied to continuous service with us and serves as an additional retention measure. Our named executive officers generally are awarded an initial new hire grant upon commencement of employment. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize our named executive officers with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward our named executive officers for exceptional performance.

Prior to this offering, we have granted all equity awards pursuant to the 2019 Plan. Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards under the terms of the 2025 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2025 Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described under “—Equity Benefit Plans” below. All options are granted with a per share exercise price equal to no less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of the grant of such award. Generally, our option awards and RSUs vest over a four-year period subject to the holder’s continuous service to us, as further described under “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2024” below.

In connection with his appointment as our Chief Financial Officer, in March 2024 our board of directors granted Mr. Setia 2,172,600 RSUs. In May 2024, our board of directors granted Dr. Kroeger and Dr. Foff 6,511,058 and 1,707,017 RSUs, respectively. These awards vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on the one-year anniversary of March 4, 2024, as to Mr. Setia’s RSUs and March 27, 2024, as to each of Dr. Kroeger’s and Dr. Foff’s RSUs, and the remainder will be satisfied as to 1/48 of the RSUs on a monthly basis thereafter. Additionally, in July 2025, our board of directors granted Dr. Kroeger, Mr. Setia and Dr. Foff 14,338,118, 4,175,032 and 3,475,939 RSUs, respectively. These awards vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition will be satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on the one-year anniversary of July 18, 2025 as to each of Dr. Kroeger’s, Mr. Setia’s and Dr. Foff’s RSUs, and the remainder will be satisfied as to 1/48 of the RSUs on a monthly basis thereafter. The liquidity event vesting condition will be satisfied on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The terms of these awards are described under “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2024” below.

155

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2024

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2024.


			Option Awards⁽¹⁾									Stock Awards⁽¹⁾
Name	Grant Date		Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable		Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable			Option exercise price ($)		Option expiration date		Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested (#)			Market value of shares of units of stock that have not vested ($)⁽²⁾
Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D.		10/8/2019		1,653,938		—			0.17		10/7/2029
		2/17/2022		1,191,666		108,334	⁽³⁾		0.33		2/16/2032
		3/11/2022		567,187		257,813	⁽⁴⁾		0.33		3/10/2032
		7/30/2023											3,990,300	⁽⁵⁾		4,429,233
		11/9/2023											2,060,117	⁽⁶⁾		2,286,730
		5/2/2024											6,511,058	⁽⁷⁾		7,227,274
Vishwas Setia		3/4/2024											2,172,600	⁽⁸⁾		2,411,586
Erin Pennock Foff, M.D., Ph.D.		2/17/2022		1,272,333		115,667	⁽⁹⁾		0.33		2/16/2032
		3/11/2022		178,750		81,250	⁽⁴⁾		0.33		3/10/2032
		7/30/2023											900,100	⁽⁵⁾		999,111
		11/9/2023											415,471	⁽⁶⁾		461,173
		5/2/2024											1,707,017	⁽⁷⁾		1,894,789

(1)	All of the equity awards listed in the table above were granted under the 2019 Plan.

(2)	Market value based on $1.11 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as of December 31, 2024, as determined by our board of directors.

(3)	This stock option vests over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares underlying the option vested on the one-year anniversary of April 29, 2021, and 1/48 of the shares underlying the option vesting on a monthly basis thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(4)	This stock option vests over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares underlying the option vested on the one-year anniversary of March 11, 2022, and 1/48 of the shares underlying the option vesting on a monthly basis thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(5)

The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on July 5, 2024, and the remainder will be satisfied as to 1/48 of the RSUs on a monthly basis thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(6)

The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on October 20, 2024, and the remainder will be satisfied as to 1/48 of the RSUs on a monthly basis thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(7)

The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on March 27, 2025, and the remainder will be satisfied as to 1/48 of the RSUs on a monthly basis thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(8)

The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on March 4, 2025, and the remainder will be satisfied as to 1/48 of the RSUs on a monthly basis thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(9)	This stock option vests over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares underlying the option vested on the one-year anniversary of April 15, 2021, and 1/48 of the shares underlying the option vesting on a monthly basis thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

156

In September 2025, our board of directors approved the grant of a mixture of 75% options to purchase shares and 25% RSUs to Dr. Kroeger, Mr. Setia and Dr. Foff, effective upon the pricing of this offering, that will in the aggregate be equal to %, % and %, respectively, of our total outstanding shares as of such date, on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to this offering. The options will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price. The shares underlying the options will vest 25% on the one year anniversary of the vesting start date and 36 equal monthly installments thereafter and the shares underlying the RSUs will vest 25% on the one year anniversary of the vesting start date and 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter, in each case subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

Employment Arrangements

We are party to employment offer letters with each of our named executive officers. The agreements generally provide for at-will employment without any specific term and set forth the named executive officer’s base salary, eligibility for employee benefits and severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment or change in control of our company. Each of our named executive officers has executed our standard confidential information, inventions and non-solicitation agreement. The key terms of the employment offer letters with our named executive officers, including potential payments upon termination or change in control, are described below.

Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D.

In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a confirmatory offer letter with Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $655,000 and an annual discretionary bonus at a target amount of up to 50% of his base salary for the year ended December 31, 2025 and up to 55% of his base salary for the year ending December 31, 2026, in each case subject to review and adjustment by the board of directors in its sole discretion, based on our achievement of specific goals set by the board of directors. The agreement also provides that Dr. Kroeger is eligible for severance benefits under the terms of our Severance and Change in Control Plan, the terms of which are described below. The confirmatory offer letter supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Dr. Kroeger may have concerning his employment relationship with us.

Dr. Kroeger’s annual base salary as of December 31, 2024 was $628,000 and his target bonus was up to 50% of his base salary.

Vishwas Setia

In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a confirmatory offer letter with Vishwas Setia, our Chief Financial Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $499,000 and an annual discretionary bonus at a target amount of up to 35% of his base salary for the year ended December 31, 2025 and up to 40% of his base salary for the year ending December 31, 2026, in each case subject to review and adjustment by the board of directors in its sole discretion, based on our achievement of specific goals set by the board of directors. The agreement also provides that Mr. Setia is eligible for severance benefits under the terms of our Severance and Change in Control Plan, the terms of which are described below. The confirmatory offer letter supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Setia may have concerning his employment relationship with us.

Mr. Setia’s annual base salary as of December 31, 2024 was $400,000 and his target bonus was up to 35% of his base salary. In March 2024, we granted Mr. Setia 2,172,600 RSUs that vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on the first anniversary of the March 4, 2024 vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% vesting ratably on a monthly basis thereafter.

157

Erin Pennock Foff, M.D., Ph.D.

In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a confirmatory offer letter with Erin Pennock Foff, M.D., Ph.D., our Chief Medical Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $531,000 and an annual discretionary bonus at a target amount of up to 35% of her base salary for the year ended December 31, 2025 and up to 40% of her base salary for the year ending December 31, 2026, in each case subject to review and adjustment by the board of directors in its sole discretion, based on our achievement of specific goals set by the board of directors. The agreement also provides that Dr. Foff is eligible for severance benefits under the terms of our Severance and Change in Control Plan, the terms of which are described below. The confirmatory offer letter supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Dr. Foff may have concerning her employment relationship with us.

Dr. Foff’s annual base salary as of December 31, 2024 was $509,000 and her target bonus was up to 35% of her base salary.

Severance and Change in Control Plan

Our board of directors adopted a Severance and Change in Control Plan, or the Severance Plan, and we have entered into participation agreements under the Severance Plan with each of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, which will become effective upon the pricing of this offering. The benefits provided to our executive officers under the Severance Plan will supersede and replace any entitlement to severance and change in control benefits to which the executive officer may have previously been entitled pursuant to any prior offer letter, employment agreement, or similar arrangement.

Pursuant to the Severance Plan, upon a termination without “cause” (which excludes termination by reason of death or disability) or resignation for “good reason” (each as defined in the Severance Plan and described below), each of our executive officers will be entitled to continued payment of base salary (12 months for Dr. Kroeger and nine months for other executive officers) and payment of continued group health benefits (12 months for Dr. Kroeger and nine months for other executive officers). However, upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason during the period commencing three months prior to a “change in control” (as defined below) and ending 12 months following a change in control, each of our executive officers will be entitled to extended payment of base salary (18 months for Dr. Kroeger and 12 months for other executive officers), payment of continued group health benefits (18 months for Dr. Kroeger and 12 months for other executive officers), accelerated vesting in full of all outstanding equity awards, and payment of their target annual performance bonus for the year in which the termination occurs.

As a condition to the receipt of the benefits under the Severance Plan, participants must execute a separation agreement containing, among other provisions, a general release of all claims in favor of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates, confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions, and non-competition restrictions in such a form as provided by us within the applicable time period set forth therein and such release must become effective in accordance with its terms, which must occur in no event more than 60 days following the date of the applicable termination.

For purposes of the Severance Plan, the following definitions apply:

•

“cause” means that we have determined in our sole discretion that the participant has engaged in any one or more of the following: (i) the participant’s commission of a felony; (ii) any act or omission of the participant constituting dishonesty, fraud, immoral, or disreputable conduct that causes or could reasonably cause material harm to us; (iii) the participant’s violation of Company policy that causes or could reasonably cause material harm to us; (iv) the participant’s material breach of any written agreement between the participant and us, which, if deemed curable in the reasonable discretion of the Board, remains uncured for 30 days after notice; or (v) the participant’s breach of fiduciary duty or other statutory or common law duty owed to us.

158

•

“good reason” means with respect to a participant, any of the following conditions or actions taken by us without cause and without the participant’s consent, provided that us has not first provided notice to such participant of its intent to terminate such participant’s employment: (i) a material breach by us of an agreement between a participant and us; (ii) a material (greater than 10%) reduction in participant’s base salary or the target percentage eligibility established for the participant’s annual bonus, other than any Company-wide reduction in compensation of employees; (iii) our significantly reducing the participant’s duties, authority or responsibilities relative to the participant’s duties, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or (iv) the relocation of the participant’s principal place of employment by 50 or more miles from the participant’s then-current principal place of employment; provided, further, that in each case above, in order for the participant’s resignation to be deemed to have been for good reason, the participant must first give us written notice of the action or omission giving rise to “good reason” within 30 days after the first occurrence thereof; we must fail to reasonably cure such action or omission within 30 days after receipt of such notice (the “cure period”); and the participant’s resignation must be effective not later than 30 days after the expiration of such cure period.

•

“change in control” has the same meaning as defined in the 2025 Plan and described under “Equity Benefit Plans—2025 Equity Incentive Plan—Change in Control.”

Other Compensation and Benefits

Each of our named executive officers is eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, life and long-term disability plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We pay the premiums for the medical, dental, vision and life insurance for all of our employees, including our named executive officers. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances. In addition, we provide the opportunity to participate in a 401(k) plan to our employees, including each of our named executive officers, as discussed under “—401(k) Plan” below.

401(k) Plan

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in a defined contribution retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Eligible employees may defer eligible compensation on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis, up to the statutorily prescribed annual limits on contributions under the Code. Individual contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan (except for Roth contributions) and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan. We may elect, at our discretion, to make matching employee contributions.

Equity Benefit Plans

The principal features of our equity plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2025 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2025 Plan on , 2025, and we expect our stockholders to approve the 2025 Plan prior to the completion of this offering. The 2025 Plan is a successor to and continuation

159

of the 2019 Plan. The 2025 Plan will become effective on the date of this prospectus. The 2025 Plan came into existence upon its adoption by our board of directors, but no grants will be made under the 2025 Plan prior to its effectiveness. Once the 2025 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2019 Plan.

Awards

The 2025 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSU awards, performance awards and other forms of awards to employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares

Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2025 Plan after it becomes effective will not exceed shares of our common stock, which is the sum of (1) new shares of our common stock, plus (2) an additional number of shares of our common stock consisting of (A) shares that remain available for the issuance of stock awards under the 2019 Plan as of immediately prior to the time the 2025 Plan becomes effective and (B) shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the 2019 Plan that, on or after the 2025 Plan becomes effective, expire or otherwise terminate prior to exercise or settlement; are not issued because the stock award is settled in cash; are forfeited or repurchased because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or withheld to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price, if any, as such shares become available from time to time. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, starting on January 1, 2026, through and including January 1, 2035, in an amount equal to (1) % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding year or (2) a lesser number of shares of our common stock determined by our board of directors prior to the date of the increase. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs under our 2025 Plan is shares.

In September 2025, pursuant to the 2025 Plan, effective upon the pricing of this offering, our board of directors approved the grant of a mixture of 75% options to purchase shares and 25% RSUs to our employees, directors and founders (inclusive of the grants to our named executive officers and directors described above), effective upon the pricing of this offering, that will in the aggregate be equal to % of our total outstanding shares as of such date, on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to this offering. The options will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under the 2025 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised or otherwise issued in full or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2025 Plan. Shares withheld under a stock award to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy a tax withholding obligation do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2025 Plan. If any shares of our common stock issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by us (1) because of the failure to vest, (2) to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price or (3) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award, the shares that are forfeited or repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under the 2025 Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer the 2025 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. Under the 2025 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine award recipients, grant dates, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of exercisability and the vesting schedule

160

applicable to a stock award. The plan administrator may also delegate to one or more persons or bodies the authority to do one or more of the following: (1) designate recipients (other than officers) to receive specified awards provided that no person or body may be delegated authority to grant an award to themselves; (2) determine the number of shares subject to such awards; and (3) determine the terms of such awards.

Under the 2025 Plan, the board of directors also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant, (1) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

Stock Options

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2025 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of our common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO or (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options and stock appreciation rights generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator or a duly authorized officer, an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument.

Tax Limitations on ISOs

The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an award holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

161

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

RSU awards are granted under RSU award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. RSU awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. An RSU award may be settled by cash, delivery of shares of our common stock, a combination of cash and shares of our common stock as determined by the plan administrator or in any other form of consideration set forth in the RSU award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by an RSU award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, RSU awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2025 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator. Stock appreciation rights may be settled in cash or shares of our common stock or in any other form of payment, as determined by our board of directors and specified in the stock appreciation right agreement.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2025 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards

The 2025 Plan permits the grant of performance awards that may be settled in stock, cash or other property. Performance awards may be structured so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, our common stock.

162

The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by our board of directors. The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by our board of directors when the performance award is granted, our board of directors will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to GAAP; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under GAAP; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any portion of our business which is divested achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under GAAP; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under GAAP.

Other Stock Awards

The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award (or cash equivalent) and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit

The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any non-employee director with respect to any calendar year, including awards granted and cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director, will not exceed (1) $ in total value or (2) if such non-employee director is first appointed or elected to our board of directors during such calendar year, $ in total value.

Changes to Capital Structure

In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2025 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions

The following applies to stock awards under the 2025 Plan in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2025 Plan), unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a corporate transaction, any stock awards outstanding under the 2025 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to our successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then (i) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants

163

whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full (or, in the case of performance awards with multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, vesting will accelerate at 100% of the target level) to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction) and (ii) any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction.

In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, the plan administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the per share amount payable to holders of common stock in connection with the corporate transaction, over (ii) any per share exercise price payable by such holder, if applicable. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the corporate transaction may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of our common stock.

Under the 2025 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally defined as the consummation of: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction or (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change in Control

Awards granted under the 2025 Plan may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control as may be provided in the applicable stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between us or any affiliate and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur.

Under the 2025 Plan, a change in control is generally defined as: (1) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction; (3) a consummated sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction; or (4) when a majority of our board of directors becomes comprised of individuals who were not serving on our board of directors on the date the 2025 Plan was adopted by the board of directors, or the incumbent board, or whose nomination, appointment or election was not approved by a majority of the incumbent board still in office.

Plan Amendment or Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2025 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts the 2025 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under the 2025 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

164

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2019 Plan in February 2019. The 2019 Plan permits the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSU awards and other stock-based awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees and to any of our parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants of ours and to any of our parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees or consultants. The 2019 Plan will be terminated prior to the completion of this offering and thereafter we will not grant any additional awards under the 2019 Plan. However, the 2019 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

As of June 30, 2025, stock options covering 15,997,048 shares of our common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.33 per share and 57,646,140 RSUs were outstanding and 6,472,140 shares of our common stock remained available for the future grant of awards under the 2019 Plan. Any shares of our common stock remaining available for issuance under the 2019 Plan when the 2025 Plan becomes effective will become available for issuance under the 2025 Plan as shares of our common stock. In addition, any shares subject to stock awards that expire or terminate prior to exercise or are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to an option or the exercise price of an option will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2025 Plan.

Administration

Our board of directors or a committee or an officer delegated by our board of directors administers the 2019 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan, the administrator has the power to, among other things, select the persons to whom awards may be granted, determine the type of award to be granted to any person, determine the number and type of shares to be covered by each award, establish the terms and conditions of each award agreement, determine whether and under what circumstances an option may be exercised without a payment of cash and determine whether and to what extent and under what circumstances shares and other amounts payable with respect to an award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant.

Options

ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2019 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a stock option may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the award if such award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option pursuant to a corporate transaction and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

RSU awards are granted pursuant to RSU award agreements adopted by the administrator. RSU awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. An RSU award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the administrator or in any other form of consideration set forth in the RSU award agreement. In addition, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a RSU award.

Restricted Stock Awards

165

order, past services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Changes to Capital Structure

In the event of any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the common stock subject to the 2019 Plan without the receipt of consideration by the company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restricting transaction (but excluding the conversion of any convertible securities of the company), the administrator will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the 2019 Plan, (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding awards.

Corporate Transactions

In the event of a “corporate transaction” (as defined in the 2019 Plan), our board of directors generally may take one or more of the following actions with respect to outstanding awards:

•

arrange for the surviving or acquiring corporation (or such corporation’s parent) to assume or continue such awards, or to substitute a similar stock award for such outstanding awards;

•

cancel any or all vested and/or unvested awards in exchange for cash or other consideration, at the discretion of our board of directors;

•

accelerate the vesting of stock awards in whole or in part;

•

cancel any or all unvested awards without payment of any consideration;

•

arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights in our favor with respect to a stock award, or arrange for the assignment of any such rights to the surviving or acquiring corporation (or such corporation’s parent); or

•

make a payment equal to the excess of (i) the value the participant would have received upon exercising the stock award immediately prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction over (ii) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

Our board of directors need not take the same action or actions with respect to all stock awards or portions thereof or with respect to all participants or with respect to the vested or unvested portion of such stock awards.

In addition, a stock award may provide for additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or following a “change in control” (as defined in the 2019 Plan) as may be provided in the award agreement evidencing such stock award or in any other written agreement with the holder thereof.

Plan Amendment or Termination

Subject to certain limitations, our board of directors may amend, modify or terminate the 2019 Plan at any time. As discussed above, we will terminate the 2019 Plan prior to the completion of this offering and no new awards will be granted thereunder following such termination.

166

2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, on , 2025, and we expect our stockholders to approve the ESPP prior to the completion of this offering. The ESPP will become effective on the date of this prospectus. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP will be designed to allow eligible U.S. employees to purchase our common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code.

Share Reserve

Following this offering, the ESPP will authorize the issuance of shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on of each year, from through , by the lesser of (1) % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding calendar year and (2) shares of our common stock; provided, that prior to the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (1) and (2).

Administration

Our board of directors intends to delegate concurrent authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions

Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to a specified maximum percentage of their earnings (as determined by the board of directors with respect to each offering) for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first trading date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations

Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (1) being customarily employed for more than twenty hours per week; (2) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year; or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

167

Changes to Capital Structure

In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions

In the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the ESPP), any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days prior to such corporate transaction and such purchase rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

Under the ESPP, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; (2) the sale or disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities; (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction; and (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

ESPP Amendments, Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP, as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering limits the liability of our current and former directors and officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors and officers of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors or officers, except liability for:

•

any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

•

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

•

as a director, unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions;

•

as an officer, derivative claims brought on behalf of the corporation by a stockholder; or

•

any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or recission.

168

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers, and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding.

We believe that these amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted for directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, executive officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a Rule 10b5-1 plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy and any applicable 10b5-1 guidelines.

169

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2022 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our voting securities or any members of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described in the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

Private Placements of Our Securities

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

In February 2021, we entered into a Series B preferred stock purchase agreement, or the Series B Purchase Agreement, with certain investors, including beneficial owners of greater than 5% of our capital stock, pursuant to which we issued and sold to such investors an aggregate of 25,477,576 shares of our Series B preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, or Series B Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1.177506 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $30.0 million. In July 2021, we issued and sold an additional 1,528,654 shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series B Purchase Agreement for gross proceeds of $1.8 million.

Under the Series B Purchase Agreement, the investors were required to purchase up to 20,382,060 additional shares of our Series B Preferred Stock upon our achievement of certain milestones. On March 25, 2022, our board of directors and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock elected to waive the achievement of the milestone event. On March 30, 2022, we issued and sold an additional 18,004,153 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $21.2 million.

The table below sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued to our related parties following the closing of the milestone tranche of the financing.


Name	Series B Preferred Stock (#)		Aggregate Purchase Price ($)
Entities affiliated with NFLS Beta Limited⁽¹⁾		21,231,313		24,999,998
Clock LLC ⁽²⁾		21,231,313		24,999,998

(1)	Peter Bisgaard, a former member of our board of directors, is a managing director of NFLS Beta Limited. Entities affiliated with NFLS Beta Limited beneficially own more than 5% of our capital stock prior to this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

(2)

Clock LLC is affiliated with a single-family office of which George Pavlov, a member of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer and Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is the chief scientific officer. Clock LLC transferred these shares to Catalyst4, Inc. in May 2023, prior to which Clock LLC beneficially owned more than 5% of our then-outstanding capital stock. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

Series B-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2022, we entered into a Series B-1 preferred stock purchase agreement, or the Series B-1 Purchase Agreement, with Clock LLC pursuant to which we issued and sold to Clock LLC 4,622,496 shares of our Series B-1 preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $2.596 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $12.0 million. Clock LLC transferred these shares to Catalyst4, Inc. in May 2023, prior to which Clock LLC beneficially owned more than 5% of our then-outstanding capital stock. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

170

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

In July 2023, we entered into a Series C preferred stock purchase agreement with certain investors, including certain directors, officers and beneficial owners of greater than 5% of our capital stock, pursuant to which we issued and sold to such investors an aggregate of 32,739,009 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.52723 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $50.0 million. In October 2023, we entered into the Restated Series C Purchase Agreement with certain investors, including certain directors, officers and beneficial owners of greater than 5% of our capital stock, pursuant to which we issued and sold an additional 36,012,910 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $55.0 million at the Series C Additional Closing. In March 2024, we further amended the Restated Series C Purchase Agreement with certain investors, including certain directors, officers and beneficial owners of greater than 5% of our capital stock, and the milestone purchasers waived both milestones under the Restated Series C Purchase Agreement and we issued and sold an additional 78,573,608 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $120.0 million at the Series C Milestone Closing.

The table below sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to our related parties following the Series C Milestone Closing.


Name	Series C Preferred Stock (#)		Aggregate Purchase Price ($)
Catalyst4, Inc.⁽¹⁾		91,472,785		139,699,981
Novo Holdings A/S⁽²⁾		26,191,207		39,999,997
Entities affiliated with NFLS Beta Limited ⁽³⁾		6,547,800		9,999,997
Robert C. Malenka Living Trust U/A DTD 08/21/2012⁽⁴⁾		532,147		99,998
Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D.		532,147		99,998

(1)	Catalyst4, Inc. beneficially owns more than 5% of our capital stock prior to this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

(2)

Jim Trenkle, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is employed as a partner by Novo Holdings US, Inc., which provides consulting services to Novo Holdings A/S. Novo Holdings A/S beneficially own more than 5% of our capital stock prior to this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

(3)

Represents (i) 1,309,560 shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by NFLS Beta Limited and (ii) 5,238,240 shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased by Pivotal bioVenture Partners Fund II, L.P., an affiliate of NFLS Beta Limited. Peter Bisgaard, a former member of our board of directors, is a managing director of NFLS Beta Limited. Entities affiliated with NFLS Beta Limited beneficially own more than 5% of our capital stock prior to this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

(4)	Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is trustee of the Robert C. Malenka Living Trust U/A DTD 08/21/2012.

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In July 2025, we entered into a Series D preferred stock purchase agreement with certain investors, including beneficial owners of greater than 5% of our capital stock, pursuant to which we issued and sold to such investors an aggregate of 197,628,635 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $188.2 million, or the Series D Tranche 1 – Initial Closing. Additionally, in September 2025 we issued and sold to two additional investors, including beneficial owners of greater than 5% of our capital stock, an aggregate of 12,404,650 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.95223 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $11.8 million, or the Series D Tranche 1 – Additional Closing.

171

The table below sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to our related parties in the Series D Tranche 1 – Initial Closing and the Series D Tranche 1 – Additional Closing.


Name	Series D Preferred Stock (#)		Aggregate Purchase Price ($)
Catalyst4, Inc.⁽¹⁾		112,205,704		106,845,638
Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A.⁽²⁾		23,963,529		22,818,791
Novo Holdings A/S⁽³⁾		19,734,671		18,791,946
Entities affiliated with NFLS Beta Limited⁽⁴⁾		12,404,650		11,812,080

(1)	Catalyst4, Inc. beneficially owns more than 5% of our capital stock prior to this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

(2)

Nanna Lüneborg, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is employed as a general partner by Forbion. Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A. beneficially owns more than 5% of our capital stock prior to this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

(3)

(4)

Represents 6,202,325 shares of Series D Preferred Stock purchased by each of NFLS Beta Limited and Pivotal bioVenture Partners Fund II, L.P., an affiliate of NFLS Beta Limited. Entities affiliated with NFLS Beta Limited beneficially own more than 5% of our capital stock prior to this offering. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

Employment of an Immediate Family Member

The spouse of Anatol Kreitzer, Ph.D., one of our executive officers, was employed by us from November 1, 2023 to April 14, 2025. Her annual salary was between $225,000 and $275,000. In 2024, she was awarded an RSU with a grant date fair value of less than $0.1 million. In 2023, she was awarded an RSU with a grant date fair value of between $0.1 million and $0.2 million. Each RSU contains a service-based vesting condition over four years and a liquidity event vesting condition that will be satisfied in connection with this offering. She participated in compensation and incentive plans or arrangements on the same basis as similarly situated employees.

Stellaromics Agreement

In October 2023, we entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement with Stellaromics, Inc., or Stellaromics, an entity focused on developing and commercializing a proprietary three-dimensional transcriptomic device inclusive of a confocal, probes, operating software and sample analysis software, pursuant to which, in exchange for contributing an exclusive worldwide license for STARmap with Stanford University, we received, 9.8% of the outstanding capital stock of Stellaromics at the time of the closing, or the Stellaromics Agreement, with a fair value of $1.1 million.

Dr. Kroeger, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, and Mr. Pavlov, one of our directors, are members of Stellaromics’ board of directors. In addition, our largest stockholder, Catalyst4, Inc., also holds greater than 70% of the outstanding capital stock of Stellaromics.

As of June 30, 2025, we held approximately 3.7% of the outstanding capital stock of Stellaromics.

172

Investors’ Rights, Voting, Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale and Management Rights Agreements

In connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, we entered into investors’ rights, voting, right of first refusal and co-sale, and management rights agreements containing registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, voting rights and rights of first refusal, among other things, with certain holders of our capital stock, including Catalyst4, Inc., entities affiliated with NFLS Beta Limited, Novo Holdings A/S, Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A., Robert C. Malenka Living Trust U/A DTD 08/21/2012 and Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D. These agreements will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights granted under our investors’ rights agreement, as more fully described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” See also the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to approximately shares of our common stock being offered to certain of our directors, officers, employees and others as part of a directed share program. The directed share program will not limit the ability of our directors, officers or holders of more than 5% of our common stock to purchase more than $120,000 in value of our common stock. We do not currently know the extent to which these related persons will participate in our directed share program, if at all, or the extent to which they will purchase more than $120,000 in value of our common stock.

Employment Arrangements and Equity Grants

We have entered into employment agreements, consulting agreements or offer letter agreements with certain of our executive officers and directors. For more information regarding our employment agreements with our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive Compensation.” For more information regarding our advisor agreement with Dr. Malenka and offer letter with Dr. Garnett, see the section titled “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

We have also granted stock options and RSUs to certain of our executive officers and directors. For a description of these option and RSU grants, see the sections titled “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers, employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. In addition, in connection with and prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and new indemnification agreements with each of our directors. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Related Person Transaction Policy

Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. In connection with this offering, we will adopt a related person transaction policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related

173

person transactions, which policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction will be a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 or, if less, 1% of the average of our total assets for the last two completed fiscal years. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director will not be covered by this policy. A related person will be any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, all of the parties thereto, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In addition, under our Code of Conduct that we expect to adopt prior to the closing of this offering, our employees and directors will have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. In considering related person transactions, our audit committee or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including:

•

the risks, costs and benefits to us;

•

the impact on a director’s independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

•

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

•

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

The policy will require that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy. Although we have not had a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where a director or officer had a financial interest, including the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director’s or officer’s relationship or interest in the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors took this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such transaction was fair to us and in the best interest of all our stockholders.

174

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 31, 2025:

•

each of our named executive officers;

•

each of our directors;

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

•

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and therefore it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. We have deemed shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2025, or subject to RSUs that are scheduled to vest and settle within 60 days of August 31, 2025 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option or RSU for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

We have based percentage ownership of common stock before this offering on shares of voting common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2025, which excludes shares of non-voting common stock resulting from the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock immediately upon the closing of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of August 31, 2025. Percentage ownership of common stock after this offering assumes the sale of shares of common stock in this offering based on an initial public offering price of $ , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us. The following table does not reflect any shares of our common stock that may be purchased pursuant to our directed share program described under “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o MapLight Therapeutics, Inc., 800 Chesapeake Drive, Redwood City, California 94063.

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

Percentage of Shares
Beneficially
Owned

Greater than 5% Stockholders:

Before
Offering

After
Offering

Catalyst4, Inc.⁽¹⁾

Entities affiliated with NFLS Beta Limited⁽²⁾

Novo Holdings A/S⁽³⁾

Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A⁽⁴⁾

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

Christopher A. Kroeger, M.D.⁽⁵⁾

Vishwas Setia⁽⁶⁾

Erin Pennock Foff, M.D., Ph.D.⁽⁷⁾

Timothy Garnett, M.B.B.S.⁽⁸⁾

Nanna Lüneborg, Ph.D.

Robert Malenka, M.D., Ph.D.⁽⁹⁾

George Pavlov

Jim Trenkle, Ph.D.

Maria Walker⁽¹⁰⁾

All current directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)⁽¹¹⁾

*	Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

175

(1)

Consists of (a) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock, (b) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock, (c) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B preferred stock, (d) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B-1 preferred stock, (e) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock and (f) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D preferred stock. Robert Brown, Ekemini Riley and Mark Vorsatz are members of the board of directors of Catalyst4, Inc. and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Catalyst4, Inc. collectively. The business address of Catalyst4, Inc. and the individuals named in this footnote is 555 Bryant Street, #376, Palo Alto, California 94301.

(2)

Consists of (a)(i) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock, (ii) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock, (iii) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B preferred stock, (iv) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock and (v) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D preferred stock, in each case held by NFLS Beta Limited and (b)(i) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock and (ii) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D preferred stock, in each case held by Pivotal bioVenture Partners Fund II, L.P. NFLS Beta Limited and Pivotal bioVenture Partners Fund II, G.P. Ltd., the general partner of Pivotal bioVenture Partners Fund II, L.P., are each wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries of Nan Fung Group Holdings Limited. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the securities of the Issuer held by NFLS Beta Limited are made by the members of Nan Fung Group Holdings Limited’s Life Sciences Investment Committee, who are Mr. Kam Chung Leung, Mr. Vincent Sai Sing Cheung, Mr. Stephen Pui Kuen Cheung, Ms. Vanessa Tih Lin Cheung, Mr. Meng Gao, Ms. Anna Xintong Sun, Mr. Peter Bisgaard, and Mr. Robert Hopfner. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the securities of the Issuer held by Pivotal bioVenture Partners Fund II, L.P. are made by the members of the Investment Committee of Pivotal bioVenture Partners Fund II, G.P. Ltd., who are Mr. Vincent Sai Sing Cheung, Mr. Peter Bisgaard, and Mr. Robert Hopfner. The address of all entities and individuals referenced in this footnote is 501 2nd Street, Suite 200, San Francisco, California 94107.

(3)

Consists of (a) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock and (b) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series D preferred stock held by Novo Holdings A/S. Jim Trenkle, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is employed as a partner by Novo Holdings US, Inc., which provides consulting services to Novo Holdings A/S. Novo Holdings A/S has the sole power to vote and dispose of the shares, and no individual or other entity is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership in the shares. The address of Novo Holdings A/S is Tuborg Havnevej 19, 2900 Hellerup, Denmark.

(4)

Consists of shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series D preferred stock. Forbion Growth III Management B.V., or the Director, is the director of Forbion Growth Opportunities Fund III Coöperatief U.A., or the Cooperative, and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the securities that are beneficially owned by the Cooperative. Investment and divestment decisions with respect to the Cooperative are made by its alternative investment fund manager FCPM III Services B.V., or the AIFM, upon recommendation by its investment committee, consisting of Nanna Lüneborg, a member of our board of directors, Sander Slootweg, Dirk Kersten, Wouter Joustra, Jasper Bos, Carlo Incerti, Vincent van Houten, Sander Slootweg, Martien van Osch and Geert-Jan Mulder. The natural persons on the board of the AIFM are Dirk Kersten, Vincent van Houten, Geert-Jan Mulder, Sander Slootweg and Martien van Osch. The AIFM directs the Director in relation to the Cooperative. The members of the investment committee have an indirect interest in the Cooperative. The business address of the Director, the Cooperative, the AIFM and the individuals named in this footnote is Gooimeer 2-35, 1411 DC Naarden, the Netherlands.

(5)	Consists of (a)(i) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, (ii) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of August 31, 2025 and (iii) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs

176

which are scheduled to vest within 60 days of August 31, 2025, in each case held by Dr. Kroeger, individually, and (b) shares of voting common stock held by the C&M Kroeger Nominee Trust. Dr. Kroeger and Melissa E. Kroeger are co-trustees of the C&M Kroeger Nominee Trust and may be deemed to share voting and investment control over the securities held by the C&M Kroeger Nominee Trust.

(6)	Consists of shares of voting common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs which are scheduled to vest within 60 days of August 31, 2025.

(7)	Consists of (a) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of August 31, 2025 and (b) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs which are scheduled to vest within 60 days of August 31, 2025.

(8)	Consists of shares of voting common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of August 31, 2025 and (b) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs which are scheduled to vest within 60 days of August 31, 2025.

(9)

Consists of (a)(i) shares of voting common stock, (ii) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of August 31, 2025 and (iii) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs which are scheduled to vest within 60 days of August 31, 2025, in each case held by Dr. Malenka, individually, and (b)(i) shares of voting common stock and (ii) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, in each case held by the Robert C. Malenka Living Trust U/A DTD 08/21/2012, of which Dr. Malenka is the trustee.

(10)	Consists of shares of voting common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs which are scheduled to vest within 60 days of August 31, 2025.

(11)

Consists of (a) shares of voting common stock, (b) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, (c) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of August 31, 2025 and (d) shares of voting common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs which are scheduled to vest within 60 days of August 31, 2025.

177

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as each will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, consisting of shares of voting common stock and shares of non-voting common stock, and shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time.

As of June 30, 2025, we had outstanding 13,260,918 shares of common stock, held by 91 stockholders of record. As of June 30, 2025, after giving effect to the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, including shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock, as well as shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, into 426,938,535 shares of common stock and non-voting common stock (of which shares are non-voting common stock), there would have been 440,199,453 shares of common stock and non-voting common stock issued and outstanding, held by 114 stockholders of record.

Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock

Holders of our common stock and our non-voting common stock have identical rights, provided that, (i) except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote by our stockholders, holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share of common stock, and holders of our non-voting common stock are not entitled to any votes per share of non-voting common stock, including for the election of directors, and (ii) holders of our common stock have no conversion rights, while holders of our non-voting common stock shall have the right to convert each share of our non-voting common stock into one share of common stock at such holder’s election, provided that as a result of such conversion, such holder, together with its affiliates and any members of a Schedule 13(d) group with such holder, would not beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of our common stock immediately prior to and following such conversion, unless otherwise as expressly provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, this ownership limitation may be increased or decreased to any other percentage (not to exceed 19.99%) designated by such holder of non-voting common stock upon 61 days’ notice to us.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 66²/₃% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to amending our amended and restated bylaws, the classified board, the size of our board, removal of directors, director liability, vacancies on our board, special meetings, stockholder notices, actions by written consent and exclusive forum. The non-voting common stock is not entitled to any votes per share.

178

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock and non-voting common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock and non-voting common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock and non-voting common stock have no preemptive or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock or non-voting common stock. Holders of our common stock have no conversion rights, while holders of our non-voting common stock have the right to convert each share of our non-voting common stock into one share of common stock at such holder’s election, subject to a beneficial ownership limitation, as described above. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock and non-voting common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the right of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2025, after giving effect to an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, there were 426,938,535 shares of preferred stock outstanding, consisting of 5,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 14,946,844 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 45,010,383 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 4,622,496 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, 147,325,527 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. All currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted into an aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of common stock and non-voting common stock (of which is non-voting common stock) upon the closing of this offering.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock following completion of this offering.

179

Options

As of June 30, 2025, there were options to purchase 15,997,048 shares of common stock outstanding under our 2019 Plan. For additional information regarding the terms of our 2019 Plan, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans.”

Restricted Stock Units

As of June 30, 2025, there were 57,646,140 RSUs outstanding under the 2019 Plan.

Registration Rights

We, the holders of our existing convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our existing common stock have entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement. The registration rights provisions of this agreement provide those holders with demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock currently held by them and issuable to them upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock (including common stock issuable upon conversion of non-voting common stock) in connection with our initial public offering. These shares are collectively referred to herein as registrable securities.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time beginning six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the holders of not less than 30% of the voting registrable securities then outstanding have the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering registrable securities then outstanding having an aggregate offering price of at least $10.0 million. Upon such a request, we are required to affect the registration as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days after the receipt of such request. We are not obligated to take any action in response to such request (i) in any particular jurisdiction in which we would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless we are already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) if we have already effected two registrations pursuant to such requests for registrations on Form S-1 (counting for these purposes only registration which have been declared or ordered effective and are consummated and for which all registrable securities, as defined in the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, requested to be registered are registered), (iii) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of filing of and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that we are actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective or (iv) if the initiating holders propose to register securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3.

These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Additionally, if we furnish to the initiating holders a certificate signed by our President stating that in the good faith judgment of our board of directors that it would be materially detrimental to us for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is therefore in the best interests of the company to defer the filing of such registration statement, we have the right to defer such filing for the period during which such disclosure would be materially detrimental, provided that we may not deter such filing for a period of more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the initiating holders and provided further that we shall not register any securities for the our own account or any other stockholder during such 90 day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in one of our stock plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration on any form that does not include substantially all the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities). We may not defer our obligation in this manner more than once in any 12 month period.

180

An aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of common stock (including common stock issuable upon conversion of non-voting common stock) will be entitled to these demand registration rights.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of registrable securities will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. An aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of common stock (including common stock issuable upon conversion of non-voting common stock) will be entitled to these piggyback registration rights.

Registration on Form S-3

At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of not less than 30% of the voting registrable securities then outstanding will be entitled to request to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement. These Form S-3 registration rights are subject to other specified conditions and limitations, including the condition that the anticipated aggregate offering price is at least $2.0 million. Upon receipt of this request, the holders of registrable securities will each be entitled to participate in this registration.

We are not obligated to take any action in response to such request (i) in any particular jurisdiction in which we would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless we are already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) if we have already effected two registrations pursuant to such requests for registrations on Form S-3 or (iii) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that we are actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective. Additionally, if we furnish to the initiating holders a certificate signed by our President stating that in the good faith judgment of our board of directors that it would be materially detrimental to us for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is therefore in the best interests of the company to defer the filing of such registration statement, we have the right to defer such filing for the period during which such disclosure would be materially detrimental, provided that we may not deter such filing for a period of more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the initiating holders and provided further that we shall not register any securities for the our own account or any other stockholder during such 90 day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in one of our stock plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration on any form that does not include substantially all the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities. We may not defer our obligation in this manner more than once in any 12 month period.

An aggregate of 426,938,535 shares of common stock (including common stock issuable upon conversion of non-voting common stock) will be entitled to these Form S-3 registration rights.

Expenses of Registration

We are required to pay all expenses, including fees and expenses of one counsel to represent the selling stockholders (not to exceed $25,000 total), relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, the compensation of our regular employees and any additional fees of counsel for the selling stockholders, subject to specified conditions and limitations. We are not required to pay registration expenses if a demand registration request is withdrawn at the request of a majority of holders of voting registrable securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of holders have withdrawn so that

181

minimum offering conditions are no longer satisfied, unless holders of a majority of the voting registrable securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration.

The amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by us of the Securities Act, any state or other securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to us and relating to action or inaction required of the company in connection with any such registration, qualification, or compliance, in each case, subject to certain limitations; provided that we are not liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to us by the holder or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.

The selling stockholders are obligated to indemnify us against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse us for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to us by the holder and stated to be specifically for use therein, subject to certain limitations.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights granted under the investors’ rights agreement will terminate with respect to any particular stockholder upon the earlier of (a) with respect to each stockholder, at such time after the closing of this offering as all shares of registrable securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such holder may be immediately sold under Rule 144 during any 90 day period; or (b) after the consummation of a liquidation event, as defined in our certificate of incorporation, subject to certain limitations.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, which prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

•

prior to such time, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

•

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which

182

employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

•

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66²/₃% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

•

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation and the interested stockholder;

•

any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary involving the interested stockholder (in one transaction or a series of transactions);

•

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation of any stock of the corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder;

•

any transaction involving the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation or any such subsidiary beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

•

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly, of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate and our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66²/₃% or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board and subject to the rights of any series of then-outstanding preferred stock, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even if less than a quorum.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be affected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right

183

of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that only our Chairman of the board, Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend many of the provisions described above except by a vote of 66²/₃% or more of our outstanding common stock.

As described in “—Preferred Stock” above, our restated certificate will give our board of directors the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in control.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); (v) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a

184

claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants.

The provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. Additionally, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant named in such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering.

While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.

These exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could seriously harm our business.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and non-voting common stock is Equiniti Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 28 Liberty St, 53rd Floor, New York, NY 10005.

Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “MPLT.” The non-voting common stock will not be listed for trading on any securities exchange.

185

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2025, after giving effect to an aggregate of 210,033,285 shares of Series D Preferred Stock we issued and sold in July 2025 and September 2025, upon the closing of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, shares of common stock and non-voting common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of common stock and non-voting common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for exemption from registration described below under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or another available exemption.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of common stock and non-voting common stock that will be deemed restricted securities after this offering will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

•

none of the existing shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering; and

•

shares will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days (subject to certain exemptions) after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, non-affiliate persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock and non-voting common stock for at least six months, and any of our affiliates who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Non-Affiliates

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

•

the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates (subject to certain exceptions);

•

we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and

•

we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

186

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting. Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Affiliates

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after the completion of this offering based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2025; or

•

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the stock exchange on which our shares are listed during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Additionally, persons who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell unrestricted securities under the requirements of Rule 144 described above, without regard to the six-month holding period of Rule 144, which does not apply to sales of unrestricted securities.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and in the section titled “Underwriters” and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our equity plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144 and expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements described above.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our executive officers and directors and substantially all of the holders of our common stock (including shares of our non-voting common stock) outstanding on the date of this prospectus have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters or otherwise agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that we and they will not,

187

directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and Leerink Partners LLC for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Any shares purchased by our directors or officers pursuant to our directed share program shall also be subject to the lock-up agreements.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into an agreement with the holders of our convertible preferred stock that contains market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any registrable securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 426,938,535 shares of our common stock, including common stock (including common stock issuable upon conversion of our non-voting common stock) issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of their registrable shares under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations and the expiration, waiver or termination of the lock-up agreements. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

188

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, any alternative minimum tax, or the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:

•

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

•

“controlled foreign corporations;”

•

“passive foreign investment companies;”

•

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

•

banks, financial institutions, investment funds or insurance companies;

•

brokers, dealers or traders in securities or foreign currencies;

•

tax-exempt organizations;

•

governmental organizations;

•

tax-qualified retirement plans;

•

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

•

persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock at any time;

•

persons that acquire our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

•

partnerships (or other entities or arrangements treated as pass-through entities) for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and investors therein; and

•

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, a constructive sale or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the partnership and the partners thereof generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.

189

THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•

a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

•

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

We have not paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. However, if we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under “— Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.

Subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish us or our paying agent with a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent before the payment of dividends. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder generally must furnish a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to us or our paying agent, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular

190

U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

•

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

•

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

•

our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for different treatment) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes although there can be no assurance we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded” (as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations) on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually and construct

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

MapLight Therapeutics, Inc. S-1